TWI890841B - Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the same - Google Patents
Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the sameInfo
- Publication number
- TWI890841B TWI890841B TW110131009A TW110131009A TWI890841B TW I890841 B TWI890841 B TW I890841B TW 110131009 A TW110131009 A TW 110131009A TW 110131009 A TW110131009 A TW 110131009A TW I890841 B TWI890841 B TW I890841B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compounds
- carbon atoms
- resin composition
- groups
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
- B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
- B32B15/088—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
- C08F290/08—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
- C08F290/14—Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/72—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from metals not provided for in group C08F4/44
- C08F4/74—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from metals not provided for in group C08F4/44 selected from refractory metals
- C08F4/76—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from metals not provided for in group C08F4/44 selected from refractory metals selected from titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium or tantalum
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
- G03F7/029—Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
- G03F7/031—Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
- Structures Or Materials For Encapsulating Or Coating Semiconductor Devices Or Solid State Devices (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
Abstract
本發明提供一種含有具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團或極性轉換基且環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0~0.29mmol/g、胺值為0.0040~1.1100mmol/g之聚醯亞胺前驅物之硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化上述硬化性樹脂組成物而成之硬化物、含有上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物之製造方法及含有上述硬化物或上述積層體之半導體器件以及上述聚醯亞胺前驅物及其製造方法。The present invention provides a curable resin composition containing a polyimide precursor having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a polar conversion group, a total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures of 0 to 0.29 mmol/g, and an amine value of 0.0040 to 1.1100 mmol/g; a cured product formed by curing the curable resin composition; a laminate containing the cured product; a method for producing the cured product; a semiconductor device containing the cured product or the laminate; and the polyimide precursor and its method for producing the same.
Description
本發明係關於一種硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層體、硬化物之製造方法、半導體器件、聚醯亞胺前驅物及其製造方法。The present invention relates to a curable resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for manufacturing the cured product, a semiconductor device, a polyimide precursor, and a method for manufacturing the same.
聚醯亞胺的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此適用於各種用途。作為上述用途並無特別限定,但是若舉出實際安裝用半導體器件為例,則可舉出作為絕緣膜或密封材料的材料或保護膜的利用。又,亦可以用作可撓性基板的基底膜或覆蓋膜等。Polyimide's excellent heat resistance and insulation properties make it suitable for a variety of applications. While these applications are not particularly limited, examples include its use as insulating films, sealing materials, and protective films for semiconductor devices. Furthermore, it can be used as a base film or cover film for flexible substrates.
例如,在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺以包含聚醯亞胺前驅物之硬化性樹脂組成物的形態進行使用。 將該種硬化性樹脂組成物例如藉由塗佈等而適用於基材而形成感光膜,之後依據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,從而能夠將硬化物形成於基材上。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物例如藉由加熱而環化,並在硬化物中成為聚醯亞胺。 硬化性樹脂組成物能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等而適用,因此可以說製造上的適應性優異,例如所適用之硬化性樹脂組成物在適用時的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計的自由度高等。從除了聚醯亞胺所具有之高性能以外該種製造上的適應性優異之觀點考慮,越來越期待上述硬化性樹脂組成物在產業上的應用開發。 For example, in the aforementioned applications, polyimide is used in the form of a curable resin composition containing a polyimide precursor. This curable resin composition is applied to a substrate, for example, by coating, to form a photosensitive film. The film is then exposed, developed, and heated as needed to form a cured product on the substrate. The polyimide precursor is cyclized, for example, by heating, to form a polyimide in the cured product. Because the curable resin composition can be applied using known coating methods, it offers excellent manufacturing flexibility, allowing for a high degree of design freedom in terms of the shape, size, and application location of the curable resin composition. Considering the excellent manufacturing adaptability in addition to the high performance of polyimide, the industrial application development of these curable resin compositions is increasingly anticipated.
例如在專利文獻1中記載有一種感光性樹脂組成物,其含有選自聚醯亞胺前驅物及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之含雜環之聚合物前驅物及溶劑,前述感光性樹脂組成物的固體成分的胺值為0.0002~0.0200mmol/g。For example, Patent Document 1 describes a photosensitive resin composition comprising a heterocyclic polymer precursor selected from polyimide precursors and polybenzoxazole precursors and a solvent. The amine value of the solid component of the photosensitive resin composition is 0.0002 to 0.0200 mmol/g.
[專利文獻1]國際公開第2018/151195號[Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2018/151195
在硬化性樹脂組成物中,要求對曝光時的曝光量的變化之容許度高。 本發明中,將對硬化性樹脂組成物的曝光時的曝光量的變化之容許度高亦稱為曝光寬容度優異。 又,由硬化性樹脂組成物構成之硬化物中,要求提高耐藥品性。 Curable resin compositions are required to have a high tolerance for variations in exposure during exposure. In the present invention, a high tolerance for variations in exposure during exposure of a curable resin composition is also referred to as having excellent exposure tolerance. Furthermore, cured products made from curable resin compositions are required to have improved chemical resistance.
本發明的目的在於提供一種曝光寬容度優異並且所獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性優異之硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化上述硬化性樹脂組成物而成之硬化物、含有上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物之製造方法及含有上述硬化物或上述積層體之半導體器件。 又,本發明的目的還在於提供一種新型聚醯亞胺前驅物及其製造方法。 The present invention aims to provide a curable resin composition having excellent exposure latitude and a cured product having excellent chemical resistance, a cured product formed by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate containing the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device containing the cured product or the laminate. Another object of the present invention is to provide a novel polyimide precursor and a method for producing the same.
將本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子示於以下。 <1>一種硬化性樹脂組成物,其含有聚醯亞胺前驅物,前述聚醯亞胺前驅物具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團或極性轉換基,環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0~0.29mmol/g,胺值為0.0040~1.1100mmol/g。 <2>如<1>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其還含有光聚合起始劑。 <3>如<2>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 上述光聚合起始劑為肟化合物。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其還含有聚合性化合物。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其還含有有機金屬錯合物。 <6>如<5>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 上述有機金屬錯合物為茂金屬化合物。 <7>如<5>或<6>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 上述有機金屬錯合物中所包含之金屬為選自包括鈦、鋯及鉿之群組中之至少1種金屬。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其用於形成提供於負型顯影之感光膜。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。 <10>一種硬化物,其為硬化<1>至<9>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物而成。 <11>一種積層體,其包含2層以上的由<10>所述之硬化物構成之層,在由上述硬化物構成之層之間的任一層之間包含金屬層。 <12>一種硬化物的製造方法,其包括將<1>至<9>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材上以形成膜之膜形成步驟。 <13>如<12>所述之硬化物之製造方法,其包括選擇性曝光上述膜之曝光步驟及使用顯影液顯影上述膜來形成圖案之顯影步驟。 <14>如<13>所述之硬化物之製造方法,其中 上述曝光中所使用之曝光用光包含波長405nm的光。 <15>如<13>或<14>所述之硬化物之製造方法,其中 上述曝光為基於雷射直接顯像法之曝光。 <16>如<12>至<15>之任一項所述之硬化物之製造方法,其包括在50~450℃下加熱上述膜之加熱步驟。 <17>一種半導體器件,其包含<10>所述之硬化物或<11>所述之積層體。 <18>一種聚醯亞胺前驅物,其具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團或極性轉換基,環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0~0.29mmol/g,胺值為0.0040~1.1100mmol/g。 <19>一種聚醯亞胺前驅物之製造方法,其為製造<18>所述之聚醯亞胺前驅物之方法,前述方法包括: 使二羧酸化合物與二胺化合物進行反應而獲得醯胺化合物之醯胺化步驟;及 使上述醯胺化合物與具有胺基之封端劑進行反應之封端步驟。 <20>一種聚醯亞胺前驅物之製造方法,其為製造<18>所述之聚醯亞胺前驅物之方法,前述方法包括: 在鹼性觸媒的存在下使二羧酸化合物與二胺化合物進行反應而獲得醯胺化合物之醯胺化步驟;及 對上述醯胺化合物添加酸之酸性化合物添加步驟。 [發明效果] Representative embodiments of the present invention are shown below. <1> A curable resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a polar conversion group, a total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures of 0 to 0.29 mmol/g, and an amine value of 0.0040 to 1.1100 mmol/g. <2> The curable resin composition according to <1>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator. <3> The curable resin composition according to <2>, wherein the photopolymerization initiator is an oxime compound. <4> The hardening resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, further comprising a polymerizable compound. <5> The hardening resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, further comprising an organometallic complex. <6> The hardening resin composition according to <5>, wherein the organometallic complex is a metallocene compound. <7> The hardening resin composition according to <5> or <6>, wherein the metal contained in the organometallic complex is at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, zirconium, and einsteinium. <8> The hardening resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, used to form a photosensitive film for negative tone development. <9> The curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, which is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. <10> A cured product obtained by curing the curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>. <11> A laminate comprising two or more layers comprising the cured product according to <10>, wherein a metal layer is provided between any of the layers comprising the cured product. <12> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9> to a substrate to form a film. <13> The method for producing a cured product according to <12>, comprising an exposure step of selectively exposing the film and a development step of developing the film using a developer to form a pattern. <14> The method for producing a cured product according to <13>, wherein the exposure light used in the exposure comprises light having a wavelength of 405 nm. <15> The method for producing a cured product according to <13> or <14>, wherein the exposure is performed by a laser direct imaging method. <16> The method for producing a cured product according to any one of <12> to <15>, comprising a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450°C. <17> A semiconductor device comprising the cured product according to <10> or the laminate according to <11>. <18> A polyimide precursor having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a polar conversion group, a total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures of 0 to 0.29 mmol/g, and an amine value of 0.0040 to 1.1100 mmol/g. <19> A method for producing a polyimide precursor, comprising: an amidation step of reacting a dicarboxylic acid compound with a diamine compound to obtain an amide compound; and an end-capping step of reacting the amide compound with an end-capping agent having an amino group. <20> A method for producing a polyimide precursor, comprising: an amidation step of reacting a dicarboxylic acid compound with a diamine compound in the presence of an alkaline catalyst to obtain an amide compound; and an acidic compound addition step of adding an acid to the amide compound. [Effects of the Invention]
依據本發明可提供一種曝光寬容度優異並且所獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性優異之硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化上述硬化性樹脂組成物而成之硬化物、含有上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物之製造方法及含有上述硬化物或上述積層體之半導體器件。 又,依據本發明,可提供一種新型聚醯亞胺前驅物及其製造方法。 The present invention provides a curable resin composition having excellent exposure latitude and a cured product having excellent chemical resistance, a cured product formed by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate containing the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device containing the cured product or the laminate. Furthermore, the present invention provides a novel polyimide precursor and a method for producing the same.
以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中,用“~”記號表示之數值範圍表示將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值包括之範圍。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一用語不僅表示獨立之步驟,只要能夠實現該步驟所預期之作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他步驟明確區分之步驟。 關於本說明書中之基團(原子團)的表述,未標註經取代及未經取代的表述同時包括不具有取代基的基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),而且還包括具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則“曝光”不僅包括利用光之曝光,而且還包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一者。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分係指組成物的所有成分中除了溶劑以外之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度為除了溶劑以外之其他成分相對於組成物的總質量之質量百分率。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)為使用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法進行測定之值,並且被定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,關於重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn),例如能夠藉由使用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造),並將保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上為TOSOH CORPORATION製造)串聯連接而用作管住來求出。除非另有說明,則該等分子量為使用THF(四氫呋喃)作為洗滌液進行測定者。其中,在溶解性低的情況等THF不適合作為洗滌液的情況下,亦能夠使用NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮)。又,除非另有說明,則GPC測定中之檢測為使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器者。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注之複數層中成為基準之層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,亦可以在成為基準之層與上述其他層之間進一步夾有第3層或第3要素,並且成為基準之層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,除非另有說明,則將對於基材逐漸堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或者,在具有樹脂組成物層之情況下,將從基材朝向樹脂組成物層之方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。再者,該種上下方向的設定係為了便於說明本說明書,在實際態樣中,本說明書中之“上”方向亦可以與鉛垂朝上不同。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則作為組成物中所包含之各成分,組成物亦可以包含與該成分對應之2種以上的化合物。又,除非另有說明,則組成物中之各成分的含量表示與該成分對應之所有化合物的總含量。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳的態樣。 The following describes the main embodiments of the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described. In this specification, numerical ranges indicated by the symbol "~" include the numerical values before and after the symbol "~" as the lower and upper limits, respectively. In this specification, the term "step" refers not only to independent steps but also to steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the intended effect of the step is achieved. With regard to the description of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the description of "unsubstituted" and "unsubstituted" includes both groups (atomic groups) without substituents and groups (atomic groups) with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl groups (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also substituted alkyl groups (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure with light but also exposure with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and actinic radiation such as electron beams or radiation. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of "acrylate" and "methacrylate," "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid," and "(meth)acryl" means either or both of "acryl" and "methacryl." In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent. Furthermore, the solids concentration in this specification is the mass percentage of the components excluding the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and are defined as polystyrene-equivalent values. In this specification, weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) can be determined using, for example, an HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) with guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) connected in series. Unless otherwise specified, these molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as the eluent. However, in cases where THF is unsuitable as an eluent, such as when the solubility is low, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) can be used. Unless otherwise specified, GPC measurements utilize UV (ultraviolet) light with a wavelength of 254 nm. In this specification, when the positional relationship of layers constituting a laminate is described as "upper" or "lower," it suffices to state that other layers exist above or below the reference layer in question. In other words, a third layer or third element may be interposed between the reference layer and the other layers, and the reference layer and the other layers do not need to be in contact. Unless otherwise specified, the direction in which layers are stacked with respect to a substrate is referred to as "upper." Alternatively, in the case of a resin composition layer, the direction from the substrate toward the resin composition layer is referred to as "upper," and the opposite direction is referred to as "lower." This up-down orientation is for the sake of convenience in this specification; in practice, the "upper" direction in this specification may differ from the vertically upward direction. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, each component included in a composition may include two or more compounds corresponding to that component. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in a composition represents the total content of all compounds corresponding to that component. Unless otherwise specified, this specification assumes a temperature of 23°C, an air pressure of 101,325 Pa (1 atm), and a relative humidity of 50% RH. In this specification, the preferred combination is considered the preferred combination.
(硬化性樹脂組成物) 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物(以下,亦簡稱為“樹脂組成物”。)含有聚醯亞胺前驅物(以下,亦稱為“特定樹脂”。),前述聚醯亞胺前驅物具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團或極性轉換基,環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0~0.29mmol/g,胺值為0.0040~1.1100mmol/g。 (Curing Resin Composition) The curable resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as the "resin composition") contains a polyimide precursor (hereinafter also referred to as the "specific resin"). The polyimide precursor has a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a polar conversion group, a total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures of 0 to 0.29 mmol/g, and an amine value of 0.0040 to 1.1100 mmol/g.
本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物用於形成提供於曝光及顯影之感光膜為較佳,用於形成提供於曝光及使用了包含有機溶劑之顯影液之顯影之膜為較佳。 又,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物用於形成提供於負型顯影之感光膜為較佳。 在本發明中,負型顯影係指在曝光及顯影中,藉由顯影而去除非曝光部之顯影,正型顯影係指藉由顯影而去除曝光部之顯影。 作為上述曝光的方法、上述顯影液及上述顯影的方法,例如使用在後述硬化物的製造方法的說明中之曝光步驟中所說明之曝光方法、在顯影步驟中所說明之顯影液及顯影方法。 The curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a photosensitive film for exposure and development, and is preferably used to form a film for exposure and development using a developer containing an organic solvent. Furthermore, the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a photosensitive film for negative-tone development. In the present invention, negative-tone development refers to development in which unexposed areas are removed by development during exposure and development, while positive-tone development refers to development in which exposed areas are removed by development. For example, the exposure method, developer, and developing method described in the exposure step and the developer and developing method described in the developing step in the description of the method for producing a cured product described below can be used as the exposure method, developer, and developing method.
本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的曝光靈敏度及所獲得之圖案的耐藥品性優異。 可以獲得上述效果之機制雖尚不明確,但是推測為如下。 The curable resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent exposure sensitivity and chemical resistance of the resulting patterns. While the mechanism for achieving these effects is not yet clear, it is speculated as follows.
本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物中,環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0~0.29mmol/g,胺值為0.0040~1.1100mmol/g。 藉由環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量在上述範圍內,特定樹脂中所包含之含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團或極性轉換基的量增加,藉此提高曝光時的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團或極性轉換基的反應率。藉此,在大範圍的曝光量中能夠進行基於充分的交聯之圖案硬化,並且提高曝光寬容度(對曝光量的變化之容許度)。 另一方面,藉由胺值在上述範圍內來提高感光膜的鹼性,因此認為容易進行硬化時的醯亞胺化。藉此,可推測提高硬化物中的耐藥品性。 原本藉由環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0.29mmol/g以下,硬化後的醯亞胺化率亦降低,並且耐藥品性或斷裂伸長率降低,但是可推測在本發明中藉由將特定樹脂中的胺值設為上述範圍內,能夠有效增加硬化物內的醯亞胺化率,並且能夠實現良好的耐藥品性。 認為藉由硬化物的耐藥品性優異,例如在硬化本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物而成之硬化物上進而適用含有溶劑之其他硬化性樹脂組成物並且使其硬化來製作積層體之情況等,即使硬化物與顯影液或其他硬化性樹脂組成物接觸,亦可抑制硬化物的溶解。 依據本發明,認為可獲得例如抑制相對於二甲基亞碸(DMSO)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)等極性溶劑、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)水溶液等鹼水溶液或可抑制在上述極性溶劑與上述鹼水溶液的混合液中之溶解性之耐藥品性優異之硬化物。 The polyimide precursor used in the present invention has a combined content of cyclic imide and cyclic isoimide structures of 0 to 0.29 mmol/g and an amine value of 0.0040 to 1.1100 mmol/g. By maintaining the combined content of cyclic imide and cyclic isoimide structures within the above range, the amount of ethylenically unsaturated bond-bearing groups or polar conversion groups contained in the specific resin increases, thereby improving the reactivity of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-bearing groups or polar conversion groups during exposure. This enables pattern hardening based on sufficient crosslinking over a wide range of exposure doses, and enhances exposure latitude (tolerance to exposure dose variations). On the other hand, keeping the amine value within the above range increases the alkalinity of the photosensitive film, facilitating imidization during curing. This is expected to improve the chemical resistance of the cured product. Originally, when the combined content of cyclic imide and cyclic isoimide structures is below 0.29 mmol/g, the imidization rate after curing is reduced, leading to decreased chemical resistance and elongation at break. However, in the present invention, by keeping the amine value in the specific resin within the above range, it is expected that the imidization rate in the cured product can be effectively increased, thereby achieving excellent chemical resistance. The excellent chemical resistance of the cured product is believed to inhibit dissolution of the cured product even when it comes into contact with a developer or other curable resin composition, for example, when applying another curable resin composition containing a solvent to the cured product obtained by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention and curing the cured product to form a laminate. According to the present invention, it is believed that a cured product with excellent chemical resistance can be obtained, for example, with suppressed solubility in polar solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), aqueous alkaline solutions such as aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), or mixtures of such polar solvents and aqueous alkaline solutions.
另外,可推測如上所述藉由容易進行硬化物中的醯亞胺化,亦可提高硬化物中的斷裂伸長率。 又,可推測藉由環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量在上述範圍內,提高樹脂的曝光透光率,因此曝光寬容度(對曝光量的變化之容許度)的提高亦優異。 Furthermore, it is speculated that the ease of imidization in the cured product, as described above, also contributes to an improvement in the elongation at break of the cured product. Furthermore, it is speculated that by keeping the total content of the cyclic imide structure and the cyclic isoimide structure within the above range, the resin's light transmittance is increased, resulting in a significantly improved exposure latitude (tolerance to variations in exposure).
在此,在專利文獻1中未記載環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量在上述範圍內並且含有胺值在上述範圍內之聚醯亞胺前驅物之硬化性樹脂組成物。Patent Document 1 does not describe a curable resin composition containing a polyimide precursor having a total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures within the aforementioned range and an amine value within the aforementioned range.
以下,對本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之成分進行詳細說明。The components contained in the curable resin composition of the present invention are described in detail below.
<特定樹脂> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物含有環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0~0.29mmol/g、胺值為0.0040~1.1100mmol/g之聚醯亞胺前驅物(特定樹脂)。 <Specified Resin> The curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor (specified resin) having a total content of cyclic imide and cyclic isoimide structures of 0 to 0.29 mmol/g and an amine value of 0.0040 to 1.1100 mmol/g.
〔環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量〕 特定樹脂中的環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0~0.29mmol/g。 當特定樹脂具有環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構中的至少一者之情況下,可以在側鏈上具有環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構中的至少一者,但在主鏈上具有為較佳。 在本說明書中,樹脂的主鏈係指在分子中相對最長的分子鏈。 上述總含量的下限為0.01mmol/g以上為較佳,0.02mmol/g以上為更佳。 上述總含量的上限為0.28mmol/g以下為較佳,0.27mmol/g以下為更佳。 上述總含量例如藉由實施例中記載之方法來計算。 [Total Content of Cyclic Imine Structures and Cyclic Isoimide Structures] The total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures in the specific resin is 0 to 0.29 mmol/g. When the specific resin has at least one of a cyclic imide structure and a cyclic isoimide structure, the at least one of the cyclic imide structure and the cyclic isoimide structure may be present in a side chain, but preferably in the main chain. In this specification, the main chain of a resin refers to the relatively longest molecular chain in the molecule. The lower limit of the total content is preferably 0.01 mmol/g or greater, and more preferably 0.02 mmol/g or greater. The upper limit of the total content is preferably 0.28 mmol/g or less, and more preferably 0.27 mmol/g or less. The total content can be calculated, for example, by the method described in the Examples.
〔胺值〕 特定樹脂的胺值為0.0040~1.1100mmol/g。 上述胺值的下限為0.0045mmol/g以上為較佳,0.0050mmol/g以上為更佳。 上述胺值的上限為1.1050mmol/g以下為較佳,1.1000mmol/g以下為更佳。 上述胺值例如藉由實施例中記載之方法來計算。 [Amine Value] The specific resin has an amine value of 0.0040 to 1.1100 mmol/g. The lower limit of the amine value is preferably 0.0045 mmol/g or greater, and more preferably 0.0050 mmol/g or greater. The upper limit of the amine value is preferably 1.1050 mmol/g or less, and more preferably 1.1000 mmol/g or less. The amine value can be calculated, for example, by the method described in the Examples.
又,特定樹脂具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團或極性轉換基。 作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。特定樹脂1g中的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的莫耳含量為2.10~2.80mmol/g為較佳,2.15~2.75mmol/g為更佳、2.20~2.70mmol/g為進一步較佳。 Furthermore, the specific resin has a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a polar conversion group. Preferred groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, and (meth)acryloyl. From the perspective of reactivity, (meth)acryloyl is more preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy is even more preferred. The molar content of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond per gram of the specific resin is preferably 2.10 to 2.80 mmol/g, more preferably 2.15 to 2.75 mmol/g, and even more preferably 2.20 to 2.70 mmol/g.
作為極性轉換基,可舉出酸分解性基。作為酸分解性基,只要為在酸的作用下分解而產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼可溶性基者,則並無特別限定,但是縮醛基、縮酮基、甲矽烷基、甲矽烷基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,縮醛基或縮酮基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可舉出三級丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基甲矽烷基、三級丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基甲矽烷基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。 特定樹脂1g中的極性轉換基的莫耳含量為2.10~2.80mmol/g為較佳,2.15~2.75mmol/g為更佳,2.20~2.70mmol/g為進一步較佳。 當特定樹脂具有酸分解性基之情況下,硬化性樹脂組成物包含後述之光酸產生劑作為光敏劑為較佳。由該種硬化性樹脂組成物例如形成化學增幅型的正型感光膜或負型感光膜。 Examples of polarity-converting groups include acid-degradable groups. Acid-degradable groups are not particularly limited as long as they decompose under the action of acid to generate alkali-soluble groups such as phenolic hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups. However, acetal groups, ketal groups, silyl groups, silyl ether groups, and tertiary alkyl ester groups are preferred. From the perspective of exposure sensitivity, acetal groups or ketal groups are more preferred. Specific examples of acid-degradable groups include tertiary butoxycarbonyl groups, isopropoxycarbonyl groups, tetrahydropyranyl groups, tetrahydrofuranyl groups, ethoxyethyl groups, methoxyethyl groups, ethoxymethyl groups, trimethylsilyl groups, tertiary butoxycarbonylmethyl groups, and trimethylsilyl ether groups. From the perspective of exposure sensitivity, ethoxyethyl or tetrahydrofuryl groups are preferred. The molar content of the polarity-converting group per gram of the specific resin is preferably 2.10 to 2.80 mmol/g, more preferably 2.15 to 2.75 mmol/g, and even more preferably 2.20 to 2.70 mmol/g. When the specific resin has an acid-degradable group, the curable resin composition preferably includes a photoacid generator, described below, as a photosensitizer. For example, a chemically amplified positive-working photosensitive film or a negative-working photosensitive film can be formed from this curable resin composition.
〔由式(2)表示之重複單元〕 式(2)中,A 1及A 2分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,R 111表示2價的有機基,R 115表示4價的有機基,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。 [Repeating unit represented by formula (2)] In formula (2), A1 and A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R111 represents a divalent organic group, R115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
式(2)中之A 1及A 2分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中之R 111表示2價的有機基。作為2價的有機基,可例示包含直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基之基團,包括碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數3~20的芳香族基或該等組合之基團為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。上述直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基可以經鏈中的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代,並且上述環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基可以經環員的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代。作為本發明的較佳的實施形態,可例示由-Ar-及-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團,特佳為由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為包括單鍵、可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-NHCO-或者上述中的兩個以上的組合之基團。該等較佳範圍如上所述。 In formula (2), A1 and A2 independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, preferably an oxygen atom. In formula (2), R111 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include groups comprising linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups, and aromatic groups. Groups comprising linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or combinations thereof are preferred. Groups comprising aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms are even more preferred. The aforementioned linear or branched aliphatic groups may be substituted with groups containing heteroatoms in the chain's alkyl groups, and the aforementioned cyclic aliphatic and aromatic groups may be substituted with groups containing heteroatoms in the ring member's alkyl groups. Preferred embodiments of the present invention include groups represented by -Ar- and -Ar-L-Ar-, with groups represented by -Ar-L-Ar- being particularly preferred. Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is a group comprising a single bond, an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO2- , or -NHCO-, or a combination of two or more of the foregoing. These preferred ranges are as described above.
R 111衍生自二胺為較佳。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造中所使用之二胺,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 具體而言,包含包括碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數3~20的芳香族基或該等組合之基團之二胺為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之二胺為更佳。上述直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基可以經鏈中的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代,並且上述環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基可以經環員的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代。作為包含芳香族基之基團的例子,可舉出下述。 R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of the diamine used in the production of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used. Specifically, a diamine containing a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof is preferred, and a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is even more preferred. The linear or branched aliphatic group may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom in the alkyl group in the chain, and the cyclic aliphatic and aromatic groups may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom in the alkyl group of a ring member. As examples of the group containing an aromatic group, the following can be cited.
[化學式1] 式中,A表示單鍵或2價的連接基,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO 2-、-NHCO-或該等組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵、選自可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-SO 2-中之基團為更佳,-CH 2-、-O-、-S-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 3) 2-或-C(CH 3) 2-為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [Chemical formula 1] In the formula, A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO2- , -NHCO-, or a combination thereof is preferred. A single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO2- is more preferred. -CH2- , -O-, -S-, -SO2- , -C( CF3 ) 2- , or -C( CH3 ) 2- is even more preferred. In the formula, * represents a bonding site to another structure.
作為二胺,具體而言,可舉出選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸及3,3-二胺基二苯碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中的至少一種二胺。Specifically, the diamine includes 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethyl Cyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine; m-phenylenediamine or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfonium and 3,3-diaminodiphenylsulfonium, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4, 4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, 4,4'-diaminoterphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenyl) Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, Bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, Bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane , 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4, 4'-Diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4-Diaminocumene and 2,5-Diaminocumene, 2,5-Dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-Tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-Trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, Bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, Bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, 2,7-Diaminofluorene, 2,5-Diaminopyridine, 1,2-Bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, Diaminobenzanilide, Esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-Diaminonaphthalene, Diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-Bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-Bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane (4-aminophenyl) octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis(4-aminophenyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenyl) tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl) at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of 2,4’-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4’-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 4,4’-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3’,5,5’-tetramethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diamino-2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-hexafluorotolidine, and 4,4’-diaminoquaternaryl.
又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中所記載之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。Furthermore, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also preferred.
又,亦可較佳地使用在主鏈上具有國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中所記載之兩個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Furthermore, diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 in the main chain can also be preferably used.
從所獲得之有機膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R 111由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為包括可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-NHCO-或者上述中的兩個以上的組合之基團。Ar為伸苯基為較佳,L為可以經氟原子取代的碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO 2-為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基為伸烷基為較佳。 From the perspective of the flexibility of the resulting organic film, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, or -NHCO-, or a combination of two or more of these. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms that may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, or -SO 2 -. The aliphatic alkyl group is preferably an alkylene group.
又,從i射線透過率的觀點考慮,R 111為由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之2價的有機基為較佳。尤其,從i射線透過率、易獲得性的觀點考慮,由式(61)表示之2價的有機基為更佳。 式(51) [化學式2] 式(51)中,R 50~R 57分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價的有機基,R 50~R 57中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示式(2)中的與氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為R 50~R 57的1價的有機基,可舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未經取代的烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式3] 式(61)中,R 58及R 59分別獨立地為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示式(2)中的與氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為提供式(51)或式(61)的結構之二胺,可舉出2,2’-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability, a divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferred. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 2] In formula (51), R50 to R57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R50 to R57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (2). Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R50 to R57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like. [Chemical Formula 3] In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (2). Examples of diamines that provide the structure of formula (51) or formula (61) include 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
式(2)中之R 115表示4價的有機基。作為4價的有機基,包含芳香環之4價的有機基為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基團為更佳。 式(5)或式(6)中,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [化學式4] 式(5)中,R 112為單鍵或2價的連接基,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-及-NHCO-以及該等組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵、選自可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及SO 2-中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH 2-、-C(CF 3) 2-、-C(CH 3) 2-、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO 2-之群組中之2價的基團為進一步較佳。 In formula (2), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. A tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferred. In formula (5) or formula (6), * independently represents a bonding site with another structure. [Chemical Formula 4] In formula (5), R 112 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, and -NHCO-, and combinations thereof, more preferably a single bond, a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and SO 2 -, and even more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO 2 -.
關於R 115,具體而言,可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酐基之後所殘存之四羧酸殘基等。聚醯亞胺前驅物作為相當於R 115之結構可以僅含有1種四羧酸二酐殘基,亦可以含有2種以上四羧酸二酐殘基。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 [化學式5] 式(O)中,R 115表示4價的有機基。R 115的較佳範圍的含義與式(2)中之R 115的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 Specifically, R 115 includes the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The polyimide precursor may contain only one tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue or two or more tetracarboxylic dianhydride residues as a structure corresponding to R 115. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). [Chemical Formula 5] In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The preferred range of R 115 has the same meaning as that of R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可舉出均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐及該等碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane Dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy derivatives thereof.
又,亦可舉出國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中所記載之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)作為較佳例。Furthermore, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can be cited as preferred examples.
式(2)中,R 111和R 115中的至少一者亦可以具有OH基。更具體而言,作為R 111,可舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。 In formula (2), at least one of R 111 and R 115 may have an OH group. More specifically, R 111 can be exemplified by a residual group of a diaminophenol derivative.
式(2)中的R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。作為1價的有機基,含有直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基或聚伸烷氧基為較佳。又,R 113及R 114中的至少一者含有聚合性基為較佳,兩者含有聚合性基為更佳。R 113及R 114中的至少一者含有2以上的聚合性基亦較佳。作為聚合性基,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用而進行交聯反應的基團,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基的具體例,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物所具有之自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、異烯丙基、2-甲基烯丙基、具有直接與乙烯基鍵結之芳香環之基團(例如乙烯基苯基等)、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等,由下述式(III)表示之基團為較佳。 In formula (2), R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably contains a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group. Furthermore, it is preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is even more preferred that both contain polymerizable groups. It is also preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains two or more polymerizable groups. The polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, or the like, and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of polymerizable groups include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, alkoxymethyl groups, hydroxymethyl groups, acyloxymethyl groups, epoxy groups, cyclobutyl groups, benzoxazolyl groups, blocked isocyanate groups, and amino groups. Preferred free radical polymerizable groups in the polyimide precursor include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include vinyl groups, allyl groups, isoallyl groups, 2-methylallyl groups, groups having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., vinylphenyl groups), (meth)acrylamide groups, (meth)acryloyloxy groups, and groups represented by the following formula (III). Groups represented by the following formula (III) are preferred.
[化學式6] [Chemical formula 6]
式(III)中,R 200表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。 式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(III)中,R 201表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、伸環烷基或聚伸烷氧基。 較佳的R 201的例可舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基等的伸烷基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基等的伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、環己基、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,伸乙基、伸丙基等的伸烷基或聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指直接鍵結兩個以上的伸烷氧基而獲得之基團。聚伸烷氧基中所包含之複數個伸烷氧基中之伸烷基可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 在聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同之複數種伸烷氧基之情況下,聚伸烷氧基中之伸烷氧基的排列可以為無規排列,亦可以為具有嵌段之排列,還可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(在伸烷基具有取代基之情況下,包含取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為更進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳的取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中所包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)為2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚乙烯氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而獲得之基團為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而獲得之基團中,乙烯氧基與伸丙氧基可以無規排列,亦可以形成嵌段而排列,還可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中之乙烯氧基等重複數較佳態樣如上所述。 In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In formula (III), * represents a bonding site to another structure. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, a cycloalkylene group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group. Preferred examples of R 201 include alkylene groups such as ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, and dodecamethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and polyalkoxylene groups. More preferred are alkylene groups such as ethylene and propylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, cyclohexyl, and polyalkoxylene groups. Even more preferred are alkylene groups such as ethylene and propylene, or polyalkoxylene groups. In the present invention, a polyalkoxylene group refers to a group formed by directly bonding two or more alkoxylene groups. The alkylene groups in the multiple alkoxylene groups contained in the polyalkoxylene group may be the same or different. When a polyalkoxyl group contains multiple alkoxyl groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group may be random, blocky, or alternating. The carbon number of the alkoxyl group (including the carbon number of the substituent, if the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or greater, more preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-6, even more preferably 2-5, even more preferably 2-4, particularly preferably 2 or 3, and most preferably 2. Furthermore, the alkylene group may have a substituent. Preferred substituents include alkyl groups, aryl groups, and halogen atoms. Furthermore, the number of alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkoxyl group) is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-10, and even more preferably 2-6. From the perspective of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyalkyleneoxy groups are preferably polyethyleneoxy, polypropyleneoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy, or groups formed by bonding multiple polyethyleneoxy groups to multiple propoxy groups. Polyethyleneoxy or polypropyleneoxy groups are more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy is even more preferred. In the aforementioned groups formed by bonding multiple polyethyleneoxy groups to multiple propoxy groups, the polyethyleneoxy and propoxy groups may be arranged randomly, in blocks, or in an alternating pattern. Preferred aspects of the number of repetitions of polyethyleneoxy groups in these groups are as described above.
式(2)中,在R 113為氫原子之情況或在R 114為氫原子之情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹼。作為該種具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可舉出甲基丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯。 In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugate base with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of such a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
式(2)中,R 113及R 114中的至少一者可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為極性轉換基,可舉出上述酸分解性基。 In formula (2), at least one of R 113 and R 114 may be a polarity-converting group such as an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the polarity-converting group include the acid-decomposable groups described above.
又,聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又20質量%以下為較佳。The polyimide precursor preferably has fluorine atoms in its structure. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺,可舉出使用雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等之態樣。Furthermore, to improve adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor can be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of diamines include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane and bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane.
由式(2)表示之重複單元為由式(2-A)表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物中的至少一種為具有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由聚醯亞胺前驅物含有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元,能夠更加寬曝光寬容度的寬度。 式(2-A) [化學式7] 式(2-A)中,A 1及A 2表示氧原子,R 111及R 112分別獨立地表示2價的有機基,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R 113及R 114中的至少一者為包含聚合性基之基團,兩者含有聚合性基為較佳。 The repeating units represented by formula (2) are preferably repeating units represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one of the polyimide precursors used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having repeating units represented by formula (2-A). By containing repeating units represented by formula (2-A) in the polyimide precursor, the exposure latitude can be further increased. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 7] In formula (2-A), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms, R111 and R112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R113 and R114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and preferably both contain a polymerizable group.
A 1、A 2、R 111、R 113及R 114的含義分別獨立地與式(2)中之A 1、A 2、R 111、R 113及R 114的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R 112的含義與式(5)中之R 112的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meanings as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), respectively, and their preferred ranges are also the same. R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and its preferred range is also the same.
聚醯亞胺前驅物可以包含1種由式(2)表示之重複單元,亦可以包含2種以上。又,亦可以包含由式(2)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,聚醯亞胺前驅物除了上述式(2)的重複單元以外,亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元,這是不言而喻的。The polyimide precursor may contain one type of repeating unit represented by formula (2), or may contain two or more types. Furthermore, it may contain structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). Furthermore, it goes without saying that the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating unit represented by formula (2).
作為本發明中的聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可舉出由式(2)表示之重複單元的含量為所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述總含量為70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,超過90莫耳%為特佳。上述總含量的上限並無特別限定,除了末端之聚醯亞胺前驅物中的所有重複單元可以為由式(2)表示之重複單元。As one embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, the content of the repeating units represented by formula (2) is 50 mol% or more of all repeating units. A total content of 70 mol% or more is more preferred, 90 mol% or more is even more preferred, and more than 90 mol% is particularly preferred. There is no particular upper limit to the total content, except that all repeating units in the terminal polyimide precursor may be repeating units represented by formula (2).
當特定樹脂含有具有環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構中的至少一者之重複單元之情況下,含有選自包括由下述式(2-1)~式(2-4)中的任一個表示之重複單元之群組中之至少1種重複單元為較佳,含有選自包括由下述式(2-1)~(2-2)中的任一個表示之重複單元之群組中之至少1種重複單元為更佳。 [化學式8] 式(2-1)~式(2-4)中,R 111、R 114、R 115及A 1的含義分別與上述式(2)中的R 111、R 114、R 115及A 1的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 When the specific resin contains a repeating unit having at least one of a cyclic imide structure and a cyclic isoimide structure, it preferably contains at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by any one of the following formulae (2-1) to (2-4), and more preferably contains at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by any one of the following formulae (2-1) to (2-2). [Chemical Formula 8] In formulae (2-1) to (2-4), R 111 , R 114 , R 115 and A 1 have the same meanings as R 111 , R 114 , R 115 and A 1 in formula (2), and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
式(2-1)~式(2-4)中的任一個所表示之重複單元的合計含量只要設為特定樹脂中之環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量在上述範圍內之量即可。The total content of the repeating units represented by any one of Formulas (2-1) to (2-4) may be such that the total content of the cyclic imide structure and the cyclic isoimide structure in the specific resin is within the above range.
作為本發明中的特定樹脂的一實施形態,可舉出由式(2)表示之重複單元及由式(2-1)~式(2-4)中的任一個表示之重複單元的總含量為所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述總含量為70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,超過90莫耳%為特佳。上述總含量的上限並無特別限定,除了末端之特定樹脂中的所有重複單元可以為由式(2)表示之重複單元及由式(2-1)~式(2-4)中的任一個表示之重複單元中的任一個。 又,作為本發明中的特定樹脂的一實施形態,可舉出由式(3)表示之重複單元及由式(2-1)~式(2-4)中的任一個表示之重複單元的總含量為所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述總含量為70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,超過90莫耳%為特佳。上述總含量的上限並無特別限定,除了末端之特定樹脂中的所有重複單元可以為由式(3)表示之重複單元及由式(2-1)~式(2-4)中的任一個表示之重複單元中的任一個。 As an embodiment of the specific resin of the present invention, the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by any one of formulas (2-1) to (2-4) is 50 mol% or more of all the repeating units. The total content is more preferably 70 mol% or more, even more preferably 90 mol% or more, and particularly preferably more than 90 mol%. The upper limit of the total content is not particularly limited, except that all the repeating units in the terminal specific resin can be any one of the repeating units represented by formula (2) and the repeating units represented by any one of formulas (2-1) to (2-4). Furthermore, as an embodiment of the specific resin of the present invention, the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (3) and the repeating unit represented by any one of formulas (2-1) to (2-4) is 50 mol% or more of all the repeating units. The total content is more preferably 70 mol% or more, even more preferably 90 mol% or more, and particularly preferably more than 90 mol%. The upper limit of the total content is not particularly limited, except that all the repeating units in the terminal specific resin can be any one of the repeating units represented by formula (3) and the repeating units represented by any one of formulas (2-1) to (2-4).
聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為2,000~40,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,進一步較佳為4,000~20,000。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,例如為7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度為利用重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量計算出之值。 又,當樹脂組成物作為特定樹脂包含複數種聚醯亞胺前驅物之情況下,至少1種聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。又,將上述複數種聚醯亞胺前驅物作為1個樹脂而計算之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 15,000 to 40,000. Furthermore, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and even more preferably 4,000 to 20,000. The molecular weight dispersity of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 or greater, more preferably 1.8 or greater, and even more preferably 2.0 or greater. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly specified; for example, a value of 7.0 or less is preferred, 6.5 or less is more preferred, and 6.0 or less is even more preferred. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is calculated as weight-average molecular weight/number-average molecular weight. Furthermore, when the resin composition includes multiple polyimide precursors as the specific resin, it is preferred that the weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and dispersion of at least one polyimide precursor be within the above-mentioned ranges. Furthermore, it is also preferred that the weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and dispersion of the multiple polyimide precursors as a single resin are each within the above-mentioned ranges.
〔特定樹脂的製造方法〕 特定樹脂之製造方法的較佳的第1態樣包括使二羧酸化合物與二胺化合物進行反應而獲得醯胺化合物之醯胺化步驟及使上述醯胺化合物與具有胺基之封端劑進行反應之封端步驟。 [Method for Producing a Specific Resin] A preferred first aspect of the method for producing a specific resin includes an amidation step of reacting a dicarboxylic acid compound with a diamine compound to obtain an amide compound, and a capping step of reacting the amide compound with a capping agent having an amino group.
上述醯胺化步驟可以藉由公知的方法來進行,例如使用滷化劑使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物滷化之後與二胺進行反應之步驟為較佳。 作為上述滷化劑,可舉出亞硫醯氯、磷醯氯等。 又,亦能夠使用非鹵素系觸媒而不使用上述鹵化劑進行合成。作為上述非鹵素系觸媒,能夠無特別限制地使用不包含鹵素原子的公知的醯胺化觸媒,例如可舉出硼氧烴三聚物(boroxine)化合物、N-羥基化合物、三級胺、磷酸酯、胺鹽、脲化合物等、碳二亞胺化合物。作為上述碳二亞胺化合物,可舉出N,N’-二異丙基碳二亞胺、N,N’-二環己基碳二亞胺、1-(3-二甲胺基丙基)-3-乙基碳二亞胺、1-[3-(二甲胺基)丙基]-3-乙基碳二亞胺甲碘化物等。 又,在-10℃以下進行上述醯胺化步驟亦較佳。 The amidation step can be carried out by known methods, for example, preferably by halogenating a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a halogenating agent and then reacting it with a diamine. Examples of such halogenating agents include sulfinyl chloride and phosphinoyl chloride. Also, the synthesis can be carried out using a non-halogenated catalyst instead of the halogenating agent. Known amidation catalysts that do not contain a halogen atom can be used without particular limitation as such non-halogenated catalysts, such as boroxine compounds, N-hydroxy compounds, tertiary amines, phosphates, amine salts, urea compounds, and carbodiimide compounds. Examples of the carbodiimide compound include N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide, N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide, and 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide methyl iodide. It is also preferred to conduct the amidation step at a temperature below -10°C.
上述第1態樣中,醯胺化步驟能夠在有機溶劑中進行。 作為有機溶劑,能夠依據原料適當地確定,可例示吡啶、γ-丁內酯、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及N-乙基吡咯啶酮。 In the first aspect described above, the amidation step can be carried out in an organic solvent. The organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the starting materials, and examples thereof include pyridine, γ-butyrolactone, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DGE), N-methylpyrrolidone, and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
上述封端步驟為使具有胺基之封端劑與上述醯胺化合物進行反應之步驟。 上述醯胺化合物為末端為羧基之醯胺化合物為較佳。 作為封端劑,例如具有胺基及羥基之化合物為較佳。 作為具有胺基及羥基之化合物,可舉出乙醇胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。 The capping step involves reacting a capping agent having an amino group with the amide compound. Preferably, the amide compound is one having a carboxyl group at the end. Preferable capping agents include compounds having an amino group and a hydroxyl group. Examples of compounds having an amino group and a hydroxyl group include ethanolamine, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, and 4-aminophenol. Two or more of these may be used, and multiple different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting multiple end-capping agents.
特定樹脂之製造方法可以包括使四羧酸二酐與醇化合物進行反應而獲得二羧酸化合物(四羧酸二酐的二酯化合物)之二羧酸化合物合成步驟。 上述反應能夠參閱公知的酯化反應來進行。 能夠將藉由二羧酸化合物合成步驟獲得之二羧酸化合物用作醯胺化步驟中的二羧酸化合物。 The method for producing a specific resin may include a dicarboxylic acid compound synthesis step in which tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride is reacted with an alcohol compound to obtain a dicarboxylic acid compound (a diester compound of tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride). This reaction can be carried out with reference to a known esterification reaction. The dicarboxylic acid compound obtained in the dicarboxylic acid compound synthesis step can be used as the dicarboxylic acid compound in the amidation step.
上述特定樹脂之製造方法的第1態樣可以包括對上述醯胺化步驟後的含有醯胺化合物之反應液添加水或醇化合物之驟冷步驟。The first aspect of the method for producing the specific resin may include a chilling step of adding water or an alcohol compound to the reaction solution containing the amide compound after the amidation step.
上述特定樹脂之製造方法可以進一步包括再沈澱步驟。 作為再沈澱步驟,具體而言可舉出將上述驟冷步驟後的反應液添加到水或醇中使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱之步驟。 上述再沈澱步驟在上述驟冷步驟後進行即可。 The method for producing the specific resin may further include a reprecipitation step. Specific examples of the reprecipitation step include adding the reaction mixture after the shock cooling step to water or alcohol to precipitate the polyimide precursor. The reprecipitation step may be performed after the shock cooling step.
上述特定樹脂之製造方法在再沈澱步驟後可以包括再溶解步驟。 作為再溶解步驟,具體而言例如可舉出藉由過濾等獲取上述再沈澱步驟後的沉澱之樹脂,將獲取物溶解於四氫呋喃等特定樹脂可溶的溶劑中來製得溶解液之步驟。 上述再沈澱步驟及再溶解步驟可以重複複數次。 例如可舉出在再沈澱步驟後進行再溶解步驟並且在再溶解步驟後再次對所獲得之溶解液進行再沈澱步驟之態樣等。 The method for producing the specific resin may include a redissolution step after the reprecipitation step. Specific examples of the redissolution step include obtaining the precipitated resin after the reprecipitation step by filtration or the like, and dissolving the obtained resin in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, in which the specific resin is soluble, to prepare a solution. The reprecipitation and redissolution steps may be repeated multiple times. For example, a redissolution step may be performed after the reprecipitation step, and the obtained solution may be subjected to a further reprecipitation step after the redissolution step.
上述第1態樣可以進一步包括乾燥步驟。 乾燥步驟例如為藉由過濾等獲取上述再沈澱步驟後的沉澱之樹脂並且乾燥獲取物之步驟為較佳。 作為乾燥方法並無特別限定,藉由公知的方法進行即可。例如可舉出基於公知的減壓乾燥機之乾燥等。 乾燥條件並無特別限定,例如可舉出在減壓下在20℃~60℃下乾燥等的條件。 The first aspect described above may further include a drying step. The drying step is preferably a step of collecting the precipitated resin after the reprecipitation step by filtering or the like and drying the resulting product. The drying method is not particularly limited and may be performed by a known method. For example, drying in a known reduced pressure dryer is an example. The drying conditions are not particularly limited; for example, drying at 20°C to 60°C under reduced pressure is an example.
此外,上述第1態樣可以進一步包括純化特定樹脂之純化步驟。 藉由上述純化步驟,例如能去除上述滷化劑等觸媒的殘渣等。 作為純化方法並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的方法,例如可舉出使離子交換樹脂與含有特定樹脂之溶液接觸等的方法。 Furthermore, the first aspect described above may further include a purification step for purifying the specific resin. This purification step can, for example, remove residual catalyst residues such as the aforementioned slurry. The purification method is not particularly limited, and known methods can be used, such as contacting the ion-exchange resin with a solution containing the specific resin.
特定樹脂之製造方法的較佳的第2態樣包括在鹼性觸媒的存在下使二羧酸化合物與二胺化合物進行反應而獲得醯胺化合物之醯胺化步驟及對上述醯胺化合物添加酸之酸性化合物添加步驟。 作為鹼性觸媒,可舉出三級胺、胺鹽、碳二亞胺化合物,碳二亞胺化合物為較佳。作為上述碳二亞胺化合物,可舉出N,N’-二異丙基碳二亞胺、N,N’-二環己基碳二亞胺、1-(3-二甲胺基丙基)-3-乙基碳二亞胺、1-[3-(二甲胺基)丙基]-3-乙基碳二亞胺甲碘化物等。 A preferred second aspect of the method for producing a specific resin includes an amidation step of reacting a dicarboxylic acid compound with a diamine compound in the presence of an alkaline catalyst to obtain an amide compound, and an acidic compound addition step of adding an acid to the amide compound. Examples of the alkaline catalyst include tertiary amines, amine salts, and carbodiimide compounds, with carbodiimide compounds being preferred. Examples of the carbodiimide compound include N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide, N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide, and 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide methyl iodide.
上述第2態樣中,醯胺化步驟能夠在有機溶劑中進行。 作為有機溶劑,能夠依據原料適當地確定,能夠使用與上述第1態樣相同的溶劑。 又,上述第2態樣中,以降低環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量等為目的,在10℃以下的低溫下進行醯胺化步驟亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 In the second aspect, the amidation step can be carried out in an organic solvent. The organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw materials, and the same solvents as those used in the first aspect can be used. In addition, in the second aspect, carrying out the amidation step at a temperature of 10°C or less, for the purpose of reducing the total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures, is also a preferred aspect of the present invention.
作為上述酸性化合物添加步驟中的酸性化合物,可舉出羧酸化合物、磷酸化合物、膦酸化合物或磺酸化合物,羧酸化合物或磺酸化合物為較佳,磺酸化合物為更佳,對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸、甲磺酸或10-樟腦磺酸或該等水合物為進一步較佳。 所添加之酸性化合物的量相對於醯胺化合物的莫耳量為0.05~0.5莫耳%為較佳,0.10~0.30莫耳%為更佳。 第2態樣中,藉由進行酸性化合物添加步驟,能夠獲得環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量在上述範圍內之特定樹脂。 酸性化合物添加步驟例如能夠在上述醯胺化步驟之後、上述驟冷步驟之前進行。 Examples of the acidic compound used in the acidic compound addition step include carboxylic acid compounds, phosphoric acid compounds, phosphonic acid compounds, or sulfonic acid compounds. Carboxylic acid compounds or sulfonic acid compounds are preferred, sulfonic acid compounds are more preferred, and p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, or 10-camphorsulfonic acid or hydrates thereof are even more preferred. The amount of the acidic compound added is preferably 0.05 to 0.5 mol%, and more preferably 0.10 to 0.30 mol%, relative to the molar amount of the amide compound. In the second aspect, performing the acidic compound addition step can yield a specific resin having a combined content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures within the aforementioned range. The acidic compound addition step can be performed, for example, after the amidation step and before the chilling step.
上述第2態樣可以進一步包括上述二羧酸化合物合成步驟、上述驟冷步驟、上述再沈澱步驟、上述再溶解步驟、上述乾燥步驟、上述純化步驟等。The second aspect may further include the dicarboxylic acid compound synthesis step, the quenching step, the reprecipitation step, the re-dissolution step, the drying step, the purification step, and the like.
〔含量〕 本發明的樹脂組成物中之特定樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。又,本發明的樹脂組成物中之樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為更進一步較佳,95質量%以下為又更進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種特定樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。當包含2種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 [Content] The content of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or greater, more preferably 30% by mass or greater, even more preferably 40% by mass or greater, and even more preferably 50% by mass or greater, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition. Furthermore, the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, even more preferably 98% by mass or less, even more preferably 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin or two or more. When more than two types are included, it is best if the total amount is within the above range.
又,本發明的樹脂組成物含有至少2種樹脂亦較佳。 具體而言,本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有總計2種以上特定樹脂及後述之其他樹脂,可以含有2種以上特定樹脂,含有2種以上特定樹脂為較佳。 當本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物含有2種以上聚醯亞胺前驅物之情況下,至少1種聚醯亞胺前驅物中所包含之環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量以及胺值在上述範圍內即可,相對於將所有的聚醯亞胺前驅物的合計量設為1g之情況之所有的聚醯亞胺前驅物中所包含之環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量以及胺值在上述範圍內為較佳,關於各個硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之聚醯亞胺前驅物,環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量以及胺值在上述範圍內為更佳。 當本發明的樹脂組成物含有2種以上特定樹脂之情況下,例如含有來自於二無水物之結構(在上述式(2)中之R 115)不同之2種以上的聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳。 Furthermore, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least two resins. Specifically, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more specific resins and other resins described below, may contain two or more specific resins, and preferably contains two or more specific resins. When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains two or more polyimide precursors, the total content of the cyclic imide structure and the cyclic isoimide structure contained in at least one polyimide precursor and the amine value are within the above ranges, which is equivalent to the total amount of all polyimide precursors being 1g. Some polyimide precursors preferably have a total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures and an amine value within the above ranges. Regarding the polyimide precursors contained in each curable resin composition, it is more preferred that the total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures and an amine value within the above ranges. When the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific resins, it is preferred to contain two or more polyimide precursors having different structures (R 115 in the above formula (2)) derived from dianhydrate.
<其他樹脂> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含上述特定樹脂和與特定樹脂不同之其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”)。 作為其他樹脂,可舉出酚樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、包含聚矽氧烷、矽氧烷結構之樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺樹脂、胺酯樹脂、丁醛樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚酯樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步加入(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,可以獲得塗佈性優異之樹脂組成物,又可以獲得耐溶劑性優異之圖案(硬化物)。 例如,代替後述聚合性化合物或除了後述聚合性化合物以外,將重量平均分子量為20,000以下的聚合性基值高的(例如,樹脂1g中之聚合性基的含有莫耳量為1×10 -3莫耳/g以上)(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂添加至樹脂組成物中,從而能夠提高樹脂組成物的塗佈性、圖案(硬化物)的耐溶劑性等。 <Other Resins> The resin composition of the present invention may contain the specific resins described above and other resins different from the specific resins (hereinafter referred to as "other resins"). Examples of such other resins include phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, resins containing polysiloxane or siloxane structures, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, urethane resins, butyraldehyde resins, styrene resins, polyether resins, and polyester resins. For example, by further adding a (meth)acrylic resin, a resin composition with excellent coatability can be obtained, and a pattern (cured product) with excellent solvent resistance can be obtained. For example, by adding a (meth)acrylic resin having a weight-average molecular weight of 20,000 or less and a high polymerizable group value (e.g., a polymerizable group content of 1× 10-3 mol/g or more per gram of resin) to the resin composition, instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described below, the coatability of the resin composition and the solvent resistance of the pattern (cured product) can be improved.
在本發明的樹脂組成物包含其他樹脂之情況下,其他樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為更進一步較佳,5質量%以上為又更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再更進一步較佳。 又,本發明的樹脂組成物中之其他樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為更進一步較佳,50質量%以下為又更進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的樹脂組成物的較佳的一態樣,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量為低含量之態樣。在上述態樣中,其他樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5量%以下為更進一步較佳,1質量%以下為又更進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要為0質量%以上即可。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。當包含2種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or greater, more preferably 0.05% by mass or greater, even more preferably 1% by mass or greater, even more preferably 2% by mass or greater, even more preferably 5% by mass or greater, and even more preferably 10% by mass or greater, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition. Furthermore, the content of the other resins in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, even more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition. In a preferred embodiment of the resin composition of the present invention, the content of other resins can be low. In this embodiment, the content of other resins is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, even more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 1% by mass or less, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition. The lower limit of this content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or greater. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one other resin or two or more. When containing two or more other resins, the total content is preferably within the above range.
<有機金屬錯合物> 從耐藥品性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物含有有機金屬錯合物為較佳。 可推測當包含特定樹脂及有機金屬錯合物之情況下,藉由特定樹脂中所包含之環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構中的至少一者與有機金屬錯合物的相互作用可抑制感光膜中及硬化物中的有機金屬錯合物的凝聚。 因此,與併用與特定樹脂不同之習知之聚醯亞胺前驅物及有機金屬錯合物之情況相比,進一步提高耐藥品性。 <Organometallic Complex> From the perspective of chemical resistance, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an organometallic complex. It is speculated that when a specific resin and an organometallic complex are included, the interaction between the organometallic complex and at least one of the cyclic imide structure and cyclic isoimide structure contained in the specific resin can suppress aggregation of the organometallic complex in the photosensitive film and the cured product. Therefore, chemical resistance is further improved compared to the use of a conventional polyimide precursor separate from the specific resin and an organometallic complex.
有機金屬錯合物為含有金屬原子之有機錯合物化合物即可,含有金屬原子及有機基之錯合物化合物為較佳,有機基與金屬原子配位之化合物為更佳,茂金屬化合物為進一步較佳。 本發明中,茂金屬化合物係指具有可以具有取代基之環戊二烯陰離子衍生物2個作為η5-配位體之有機金屬錯合物。 作為上述有機基並無特別限定,烴基或由烴基與雜原子的組合構成之基團為較佳。作為雜原子,氧原子、硫原子、氮原子為較佳。 在本發明中,有機基中的至少1個為環狀基為較佳,至少2個為環狀基為更佳。 上述環狀基為選自5員環的環狀基及6員環的環狀基為較佳,5員環的環狀基為更佳。 上述環狀基可以為烴環亦可以為雜環,烴環為較佳。 作為5員環的環狀基,環戊二烯基為較佳。 又,本發明中所使用之有機金屬錯合物在1個分子中含有2~4個的環狀基為較佳。 The organometallic complex may be any organic complex compound containing a metal atom, preferably a complex compound containing a metal atom and an organic group, more preferably a compound in which an organic group is coordinated with a metal atom, and even more preferably a metallocene compound. In the present invention, a metallocene compound refers to an organometallic complex compound having two optionally substituted cyclopentadienyl anion derivatives as η5-ligands. The organic group is not particularly limited; however, a alkyl group or a group composed of a alkyl group and a heteroatom is preferred. Heteroatoms include oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen atoms. In the present invention, it is preferred that at least one of the organic groups be a cyclic group, and it is even more preferred that at least two of the organic groups be cyclic groups. The cyclic group is preferably selected from a 5-membered cyclic group and a 6-membered cyclic group, with a 5-membered cyclic group being even more preferred. The cyclic group may be alkyl or heterocyclic, with alkyl being preferred. A cyclopentadienyl group is preferred as the 5-membered cyclic group. Furthermore, the organometallic complex used in the present invention preferably contains 2 to 4 cyclic groups per molecule.
作為有機金屬錯合物中所包含之金屬並無特別限定,相當於第4族元素之金屬為較佳,選自包括鈦、鋯及鉿之群組中之至少1種金屬為更佳,選自包括鈦及鋯之群組中之至少1種金屬為進一步較佳,鈦為特佳。The metal contained in the organometallic complex is not particularly limited, but is preferably a metal corresponding to a Group 4 element, more preferably at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, zirconium, and einsteinium, further preferably at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium and zirconium, and particularly preferably titanium.
有機金屬錯合物可以含有2個以上金屬原子,亦可以僅含有1個金屬原子,僅含有1個金屬原子為較佳。當有機金屬錯合物含有2個以上的金屬原子之情況下,可以僅含有1種金屬原子,亦可以含有2種以上的金屬原子。The organometallic complex may contain two or more metal atoms, or may contain only one metal atom, preferably only one metal atom. When the organometallic complex contains two or more metal atoms, it may contain only one metal atom, or two or more metal atoms.
有機金屬錯合物為二茂鐵化合物、二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物或二茂鉿化合物為較佳,二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物或二茂鉿化合物為更佳,二茂鈦化合物或二茂鋯化合物為進一步較佳,二茂鈦化合物為特佳。The organometallic complex is preferably a ferrocene compound, a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound, or a bezocene compound, more preferably a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound, or a bezocene compound, further preferably a titanocene compound or a zirconocene compound, and particularly preferably a titanocene compound.
有機金屬錯合物具有光自由基聚合引發能力之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 本發明中,具有光自由基聚合引發能力係指能夠藉由光的照射來產生能夠引發自由基聚合之自由基。例如,對含有自由基交聯劑及有機金屬錯合物之組成物照射有機金屬錯合物吸收光之波長區域且自由基交聯劑未吸收光之波長區域的光時,藉由確認有無自由基交聯劑的消失能夠確認有無光自由基聚合引發能力。在確認有無消失時,能夠依據自由基交聯劑的種類選擇適當的方法,例如藉由IR測量(紅外分光測量)或HPLC測量(高效液相層析法)來確認即可。 當有機金屬錯合物具有光自由基聚合引發能力之情況下,有機金屬錯合物為茂金屬化合物為較佳,二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物或二茂鉿化合物為更佳,二茂鈦化合物或二茂鋯化合物為進一步較佳,二茂鈦化合物為特佳。 當有機金屬錯合物不具有光自由基聚合引發能力之情況下,有機金屬錯合物為選自包括二茂鈦化合物、四烷氧基鈦化合物、醯化鈦化合物、鈦螯合化合物、二茂鋯化合物及二茂鉿化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳,選自包括二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物及二茂鉿化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為更佳,選自包括二茂鈦化合物及二茂鋯化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為進一步較佳,二茂鈦化合物為特佳。 One preferred aspect of the present invention is that the organometallic complex has the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization. In the present invention, having photoradical polymerization initiation ability means the ability to generate free radicals capable of initiating free radical polymerization upon exposure to light. For example, when a composition containing a free radical crosslinking agent and an organometallic complex is irradiated with light in a wavelength region absorbed by the organometallic complex and not absorbed by the free radical crosslinking agent, the presence or absence of photoradical polymerization initiation ability can be confirmed by confirming the disappearance of the free radical crosslinking agent. The confirmation of disappearance can be determined by selecting an appropriate method depending on the type of free radical crosslinking agent, such as IR measurement (infrared spectroscopy) or HPLC measurement (high performance liquid chromatography). When the organometallic complex has the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization, the organometallic complex is preferably a metallocene compound, more preferably a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound, or a bismuthocene compound, further preferably a titanocene compound or a zirconocene compound, and particularly preferably a titanocene compound. When the organometallic complex does not have the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization, the organometallic complex is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds, tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, titanium acylate compounds, titanium chelate compounds, zirconocene compounds, and bezocene compounds. It is more preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds, zirconocene compounds, and bezocene compounds. It is even more preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds and zirconocene compounds. Titanocene compounds are particularly preferred.
有機金屬錯合物的分子量為50~2,000為較佳,100~1,000為更佳。The molecular weight of the organometallic complex is preferably 50 to 2,000, more preferably 100 to 1,000.
作為有機金屬錯合物,可較佳地舉出由下述式(P)表示之化合物。 [化學式9] 式(P)中,M為金屬原子,R分別獨立地為取代基。 上述R分別獨立地選自包括芳香族基、烷基、鹵素原子及烷基磺醯氧基為較佳。 As the organometallic complex, a compound represented by the following formula (P) can be preferably exemplified. [Chemical Formula 9] In formula (P), M is a metal atom, and R is independently a substituent. Preferably, R is independently selected from an aromatic group, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkylsulfonyloxy group.
式(P)中,作為M所表示之金屬原子,鐵原子、鈦原子、鋯原子或鉿原子為較佳,鈦原子、鋯原子或鉿原子為更佳,鈦原子或鋯原子為進一步較佳,鈦原子為特佳。 作為式(P)中的R中的芳香族基,可舉出碳數6~20的芳香族基,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳,可舉出苯基、1-萘基或2-萘基等。 作為式(P)中的R中的烷基,碳數1~20的烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基為更佳,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、辛基、異丙基、三級丁基、異戊基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基己基、環戊基等。 作為上述R中的鹵素原子,可舉出F、Cl、Br、I。 作為構成上述R中的烷基磺醯氧基之烷基,碳數1~20的烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基為更佳,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、辛基、異丙基、三級丁基、異戊基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基己基、環戊基等。 上述R還可以具有取代基。作為取代基的例,可舉出鹵素原子(F、Cl、Br、I)、羥基、羧基、胺基、氰基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、醯氧基、單烷胺基、二烷胺基、單芳胺基及二芳胺基等。 In formula (P), the metal atom represented by M is preferably an iron atom, a titanium atom, a zirconium atom, or a columbium atom, more preferably a titanium atom, a zirconium atom, or a columbium atom, further preferably a titanium atom or a zirconium atom, and particularly preferably a titanium atom. The aromatic group in R in formula (P) includes aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, or 2-naphthyl. The alkyl group in R in formula (P) includes alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, octyl, isopropyl, tertiary butyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, and cyclopentyl. Examples of the halogen atom in R include F, Cl, Br, and I. Examples of the alkyl group constituting the alkylsulfonyloxy group in R include preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, octyl, isopropyl, tertiary butyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, and cyclopentyl. R may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, and I), hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, aryl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, acyloxy groups, monoalkylamino groups, dialkylamino groups, monoarylamino groups, and diarylamino groups.
作為有機金屬錯合物的具體例並無特別限定,可例示四異丙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙基乙醯氧基乙酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦、五甲基環戊二烯三甲氧鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦及下述化合物。 [化學式10] Specific examples of the organometallic complex are not particularly limited, but include titanium tetraisopropoxide, titanium tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy), titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethylacetoxyacetate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(acetylacetonate), titanium bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl), titanium pentamethylcyclopentadienyl trimethoxide, titanium bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl), and the following compounds. [Chemical Formula 10]
此外,亦能夠使用國際公開第2018/025738號的0078~0088段中所記載之化合物,但是並不限定於此。In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0078 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/025738 can also be used, but are not limited thereto.
有機金屬錯合物的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳。下限為1.0質量%以上為更佳,1.5質量%以上為進一步較佳,3.0質量%以上為特佳。上限為25質量%以下為更佳。 有機金屬錯合物能夠使用1種或2種以上。在使用2種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 The organometallic complex content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass% relative to the total solids content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 1.0 mass% or greater, even more preferably 1.5 mass% or greater, and particularly preferably 3.0 mass% or greater. The upper limit is even more preferably 25 mass% or less. One or more organometallic complexes may be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<溶劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、環狀烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、脲類、醇類等化合物。 <Solvent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. An organic solvent is preferably used. Examples of organic solvents include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfones, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
作為酯類,例如可舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate), etc. esters, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (for example, methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. are preferred.
作為醚類,例如可舉出乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、二乙二醇丁基甲基醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、四乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇二甲醚等作為較佳者。Preferred examples of the ethers include ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl solvent acetate, ethyl solvent acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether.
作為酮類,例如可舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡聚糖酮、二氫葡聚糖酮等作為較佳者。Preferred examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosanone, and dihydroglucosanone.
作為環狀烴類,例如可舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類作為較佳者。Preferred examples of cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.
作為亞碸類,例如可舉出二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide can be preferably mentioned.
作為醯胺類,可舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-環己酯-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基嗎啉、N-乙醯基嗎啉等作為較佳者。Preferred amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formylmorpholine, and N-acetylmorpholine.
作為脲類,可舉出N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等作為較佳者。Preferred ureas include N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone.
作為醇類,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲基醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單乙二醇單芐醚、乙二醇單乙二醇單苯基醚、甲基苯基甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及雙丙酮醇等。Examples of the alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylphenyl carbinol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol, and diacetone alcohol.
關於溶劑,從塗佈面性狀的改善等觀點考慮,混合2種以上之形態亦較佳。Regarding solvents, mixing two or more solvents is also preferred from the perspective of improving the properties of the coated surface.
在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、左旋葡聚糖酮、二氫葡聚糖酮中之一種溶劑或由2種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。併用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯或併用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮和乳酸乙酯為特佳。In the present invention, a solvent selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl solvent acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, levoglucosanone, and dihydroglucosanone, or a mixed solvent consisting of two or more of these is preferred. The combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone or the combined use of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate is particularly preferred.
從塗佈性的觀點考慮,將溶劑的含量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為成為20~70質量%為更進一步較佳。關於溶劑含量,只要依據塗膜的所期望厚度和塗佈方法進行調節即可。From the perspective of coating properties, the solvent content is preferably set so that the total solids concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 5-80 mass%, more preferably 5-75 mass%, even more preferably 10-70 mass%, and even more preferably 20-70 mass%. The solvent content can be adjusted based on the desired coating thickness and coating method.
本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅含有1種溶劑,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的溶劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one solvent or two or more solvents. When containing two or more solvents, it is preferred that the total amount of the solvents be within the above range.
〔聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有能夠藉由光和/或熱量引發聚合之聚合起始劑為較佳。尤其含有光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,亦可以為與光激勵之增感劑產生某些作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑。 [Polymerization Initiator] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator capable of initiating polymerization by light and/or heat. A photopolymerization initiator is particularly preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There are no particular limitations on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from among known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, photoradical polymerization initiators that are sensitive to light in the ultraviolet to visible range are preferred. Alternatively, an activator that generates active radicals by interacting with a photoexcited sensitizer may be used.
光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有1種在波長約240~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L・mol -1・cm -1莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。關於化合物的莫耳吸光係數,能夠使用公知的方法來測定。例如,藉由紫外-可見光分光光度計(Varian Medical Systems, Inc.製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。 The photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorbance of at least about 50 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 within a wavelength range of approximately 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorbance of the compound can be measured using known methods. For example, it is preferably measured using a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Medical Systems, Inc.) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基膦氧化物等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮等α-胺基酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等α-羥基酮化合物、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,可舉出日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段、日本專利第6301489號公報中所記載之化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019中所記載之過氧化物系光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/221177號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/110179號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-043864號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-044030號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-167313號公報中所記載之過氧化物系起始劑,該等內容亦被編入本說明書中。Any known compound can be used as a photoradical polymerization initiator. Examples include alkyl halides (e.g., compounds having a trioxane skeleton, compounds having a oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxides, oxime compounds such as hexaarylbiimidazoles and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, α-aminoketone compounds such as aminoacetophenone, α-hydroxyketone compounds such as hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organoboron compounds, and iron aromatic complexes. For details, please refer to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, which are incorporated into this specification. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-130173 and Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019, the peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-043864, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-044030, and the peroxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-167313 are also incorporated into this specification.
作為酮化合物,例如可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。市售品中,亦可較佳地使用KAYACURE-DETX-S(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of ketone compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE-DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中所記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can be preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used, and the contents of these initiators are incorporated into this specification.
作為α-羥基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(產品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As α-hydroxyketone-based initiators, Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, and Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為α-胺基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(產品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As α-aminoketone-based initiators, Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, and Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦能夠使用極大吸收波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。As aminoacetophenone-based initiators, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179, whose maximum absorption wavelength matches a light source having a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used, and the contents of such compounds are incorporated into this specification.
作為醯基氧化膦系起始劑,可舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE-819或IRGACURE-TPO(產品名:均為BASF公司製造)。Examples of acylphosphine oxide-based initiators include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide. In addition, Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (both manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE-819, or IRGACURE-TPO (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784、IRGACURE-784EG(均為BASF公司製造)、Keycure VIS 813(King Brother Chem製造)等。Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 and IRGACURE-784EG (both manufactured by BASF), and Keycure VIS 813 (manufactured by King Brother Chem).
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以更佳地舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠更有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘裕度)較廣,並且亦作為光硬化促進劑而起作用,因此為特佳。Oxime compounds are more effective as photoradical polymerization initiators. Using oxime compounds effectively increases exposure latitude. Oxime compounds are particularly advantageous because they offer a wider exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also function as photohardening accelerators.
作為肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)中所記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號中所記載之化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-080068, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-342166, compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), and compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology. The compounds described in Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-066385, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2 The compounds described in 015/152153, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compounds described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, and the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515 are incorporated into this specification.
作為較佳的肟化合物,例如可舉出下述結構的化合物、3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的樹脂組成物中,尤其使用肟化合物(肟系的光自由基聚合起始劑)作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。肟系光自由基聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連接基。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures: 3-benzyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. In the resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photoradical polymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator. Oxime-based photoradical polymerization initiators have a linking group of >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.
[化學式11] [Chemical formula 11]
市售品中,亦可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製造)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造、日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-305(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造)、ADEKA ARKLSNCI-730、NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLSNCI-930(ADEKA Corporation製造)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co.,Ltd.製造)、SpeedCure PDO(SARTOMER ARKEMA製造)。又,亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式12] Among commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, and IRGACURE OXE 04 (all manufactured by BASF) and ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, a photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052) are also preferably used. TR-PBG-304 and TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can also be used. Alternatively, DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.) or SpeedCure PDO (manufactured by Sartomer Arkema) can be used. Furthermore, an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used. [Chemical Formula 12]
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利06636081號中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Oxime compounds having a fluorene ring can also be used as photoradical polymerization initiators. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-137466 and Japanese Patent No. 06636081, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環中的至少一個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。As a photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a carbazole ring skeleton in which at least one benzene ring is replaced by a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include those described in International Publication No. 2013/083505, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
又,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中所記載之化合物(C-3)等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Oxime compounds containing fluorine atoms can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-2013-164471, all of which are incorporated herein.
作為光聚合起始劑,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。將具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的0031~0047段、日本特開2014-137466號公報的0008~0012、0070~0079段中所記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的0007~0025段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為具有硝基之肟化合物,亦可舉出ADEKA ARKLSNCI-831(ADEKA Corporation製造)。As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable to use the oxime compound having a nitro group in the form of a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-137466, and paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent Application No. 4223071, all of which are incorporated herein. Another example of an oxime compound having a nitro group is ADEKA ARKLSNCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/036910號中所記載之OE-01~OE-75。Oxime compounds having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as photoradical polymerization initiators. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用在咔唑骨架鍵結有具有羥基之取代基之肟化合物。作為該等光聚合起始劑可舉出國際公開第2019/088055號中所記載之化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Oxime compounds having a hydroxyl substituent bonded to a carbazole backbone can also be used as photoradical polymerization initiators. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有在芳香族環導入拉電子基團而成之芳香族環基Ar OX1之肟化合物(以下,亦稱為肟化合物OX)。作為上述芳香族環基Ar OX1所具有之拉電子基團,可舉出醯基、硝基、三氟甲基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、氰基,醯基及硝基為較佳,從容易形成耐光性優異之膜之理由考慮,醯基為更佳,苯甲醯基為進一步較佳。苯甲醯基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烯基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、醯基或胺基為較佳,烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基或胺基為更佳,烷氧基、烷基硫基或胺基為進一步較佳。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group ArOX1 (hereinafter also referred to as the oxime compound OX) with an electron-withdrawing group introduced into an aromatic ring can also be used. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the aromatic ring group ArOX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group. Acyl and nitro groups are preferred. From the perspective of easily forming a film with excellent light resistance, acyl groups are more preferred, and benzoyl groups are even more preferred. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclooxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an acyl group, or an amino group is preferred; an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, or an amino group is more preferred; and an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, or an amino group is further preferred.
肟化合物OX為選自由式(OX1)表示之化合物及由式(OX2)表示之化合物中之至少1種為較佳,由式(OX2)表示之化合物為更佳。 [化學式13] 式中,R X1表示烷基、烯基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯基、醯氧基、胺基、膦醯基、胺甲醯基或胺磺醯基, R X2表示烷基、烯基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯氧基或胺基, R X3~R X14分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 其中,R X10~R X14中的至少一個為拉電子基團。 The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by formula (OX1) and a compound represented by formula (OX2), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (OX2). [Chemical Formula 13] In the formula, RX1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclicoxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group, or a sulfonamyl group; RX2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclicoxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyloxy group, or an amino group; RX3 - RX14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. At least one of RX10 - RX14 is an electron-withdrawing group.
上述式中,R X12為拉電子基團,R X10、R X11、R X13、R X14為氫原子為較佳。 In the above formula, RX12 is an electron-withdrawing group, and RX10 , RX11 , RX13 , and RX14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
作為肟化合物OX的具體例,可舉出日本專利第4600600號公報的0083~0105段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為最佳的肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報中所示之具有特定取代基之肟化合物或日本特開2009-191061號公報中所示之具有硫基芳基之肟化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Preferred oxime compounds include oxime compounds having specific substituents disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779 and oxime compounds having a thioaryl group disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑為選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the perspective of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl triphosphine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadienyl-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halogenated methyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds.
進一步較佳的光自由基聚合起始劑為三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為更進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為又更進一步較佳。Further preferred photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalogenomethyl triphosphine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds. It is further preferred to use at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalogenomethyl triphosphine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds. It is even more preferred to use metallocene compounds or oxime compounds.
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮(Michler’s ketone))等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮,2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環縮環而形成之醌類、安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,亦能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。Furthermore, photoradical polymerization initiators that can be used include benzophenone, N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), aromatic ketones such as 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholino-propanone-1, quinones formed by condensation of alkyl anthraquinones with aromatic rings, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ethers, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkyl benzoins, and benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal. Compounds represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
[化學式14] [Chemical formula 14]
式(I)中,R I00為碳數1~20的烷基、藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基或碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、經藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及碳數1~4的烷基中的至少一個取代的苯基或聯苯基,R I01為由式(II)表示之基團或為與R I00相同的基團,R I02~R I04分別獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素原子。 In formula (I), R 100 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a phenyl group or biphenyl group substituted with at least one of an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R 101 is a group represented by formula (II) or the same group as R 100 ; and R 102 to R 104 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
[化學式15] [Chemical formula 15]
式中,R I05~R I07與上述式(I)的R I02~R I04相同。 In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used as the photoradical polymerization initiator, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦可以使用2官能或者3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑。藉由使用該等光自由基聚合起始劑,由光自由基聚合起始劑的一個分子產生2個以上的自由基,因此可獲得良好的靈敏度。又,在使用非對稱結構的化合物之情況下,結晶性下降而在溶劑等中的溶解性得到提高,隨時間而變得難以析出,從而能夠提高樹脂組成物的經時穩定性。作為2官能或者3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑的具體例,可舉出日本特表2010-527339號公報、日本特表2011-524436號公報、國際公開第2015/004565號、日本特表2016-532675號公報的0407~0412段、國際公開第2017/033680號的0039~0055段中所記載之肟化合物的二聚體、日本特表2013-522445號公報中所記載之化合物(E)及化合物(G)、國際公開第2016/034963號中所記載之Cmpd1~7、日本特表2017-523465號公報的0007段中所記載之肟酯類光起始劑、日本特開2017-167399號公報的0020~0033段中所記載之光起始劑、日本特開2017-151342號公報的0017~0026段中所記載之光聚合起始劑(A)、日本專利第6469669號公報中所記載之肟酯光起始劑等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Bifunctional, trifunctional, or higher-functional photoradical polymerization initiators can also be used. Using such initiators generates two or more free radicals per molecule, thereby achieving excellent sensitivity. Furthermore, using asymmetric compounds reduces crystallinity and improves solubility in solvents, making precipitation less likely over time and thereby improving the stability of the resin composition over time. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher-functional photoradical polymerization initiators include dimers of oxime compounds described in JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, paragraphs 0407 to 0412 of JP-A-2016-532675, and paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, and compounds (E) and ( G), Cmpd 1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, the oxime ester photoinitiator described in paragraph 0007 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-523465, the photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-167399, the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-151342, and the oxime ester photoinitiator described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
在包含光聚合起始劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,更進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的光聚合起始劑之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 另外,由於有時光聚合起始劑亦作為熱聚合起始劑而發揮功能,因此有時藉由烘箱或加熱板等的加熱進而進行基於光聚合起始劑之交聯。 When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1-30 mass%, more preferably 0.1-20 mass%, even more preferably 0.5-15 mass%, and even more preferably 1.0-10 mass%, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition of the present invention. A single photopolymerization initiator may be included, or two or more may be included. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range. Since a photopolymerization initiator may also function as a thermal polymerization initiator, crosslinking by the photopolymerization initiator may be further promoted by heating in an oven or on a hot plate.
〔增感劑〕 樹脂組成物可以含有增感劑。增感劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激勵狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感劑與熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引發化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為能夠使用的增感劑,能夠使用二苯甲酮系、米其勒酮系、氧雜萘鄰酮系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑次甲基偶氮系、口山口星系、酞菁系、苯并哌喃系、靛藍系等化合物。 作為增感劑,例如可舉出米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲胺基亞苄基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲胺基苯基亞聯苯基)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基亞乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基亞乙烯基)異萘并噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素(7-(二乙胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯)、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯基二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-嗎啉基二苯甲酮、二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯基)萘并(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯基乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 又,可以使用其他敏化色素。 關於敏化色素的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。 [Sensitizer] The resin composition may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes electronically excited. When the electronically excited sensitizer comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator or a photoradical polymerization initiator, electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. This chemically decomposes the thermal radical polymerization initiator or the photoradical polymerization initiator, generating free radicals, acids, or bases. As sensitizers, compounds that can be used include benzophenone, michler's ketone, oxonaphthol, pyrazole azo, anilino azo, triphenylmethane, anthraquinone, anthracene, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxocyanine, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenathiophene, pyrrolopyrazolyl methine azo, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, and indigo. Examples of the sensitizer include Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, p-dimethylaminobenzylidene Benzylidene dihydroindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxy Carbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin (7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-benzoylbenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, diethylamine isoamyl benzoate, 2-benzylbenzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-benzyltetrazolyl, 2-benzylbenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetanilide, 3',4'-dimethylacetanilide, etc. Other sensitizing dyes may also be used. For details on sensitizing dyes, please refer to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated herein by reference.
在樹脂組成物包含增感劑之情況下,增感劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。When the resin composition includes a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass %, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition. Sensitizers may be used singly or in combination.
〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。關於鏈轉移劑,例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中被定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如可使用在分子內具有-S-S-、-SO 2-S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群組、用於RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer,可逆加成碎斷鏈轉移)聚合之具有硫代羰基硫基之二硫代苯甲酸、三硫碳酸酯、二硫胺基甲酸酯、黃原酸酯化合物等。該等對低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基或者在被氧化之後可以藉由去質子來生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。 [Chain Transfer Agent] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005), pages 683-684. Examples of chain transfer agents include compounds containing -SS-, -SO2 -S-, -NO-, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH within their molecules, and dithiobenzoic acids, trithiocarbonates, dithiocarbamates, and xanthate compounds containing thiocarbonylthio groups used in RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer) polymerization. These compounds generate free radicals by donating hydrogen to low-activity free radicals or by deprotonating after oxidation to generate free radicals. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.
又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used as chain transfer agents, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
在本發明的樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑之情況下,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,0.1~10質量份為更佳,0.5~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在鏈轉移劑為2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solids content of the resin composition of the present invention. The chain transfer agent may be a single type or two or more types. When two or more types of chain transfer agents are used, their total content is preferably within the above range.
〔光酸產生劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有光酸產生劑為較佳。 光酸產生劑表示藉由200nm~900nm的光照射而產生布忍斯特酸及路易斯酸中的至少一者之化合物。所照射之光較佳為波長300nm~450nm的光,更佳為330nm~420nm的光。在單獨使用光酸產生劑或與增感劑的併用時,能夠藉由感光而產生酸的光酸產生劑為較佳。 作為所產生之酸的例子,可較佳地舉出鹵化氫、羧酸、磺酸、亞磺酸、硫代亞磺酸、磷酸、磷酸單酯、磷酸二酯、硼衍生物、磷衍生物、銻衍生物、過氧化鹵素、磺醯胺等。 [Photoacid Generator] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator. A photoacid generator refers to a compound that generates at least one of a Brünster acid and a Lewis acid upon irradiation with light of 200 nm to 900 nm. The irradiated light preferably has a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, more preferably 330 nm to 420 nm. When used alone or in combination with a sensitizer, a photoacid generator that generates an acid upon exposure is preferred. Preferred examples of the acid generated include hydrogen halides, carboxylic acids, sulfonic acids, sulfinic acids, thiosulfinic acids, phosphoric acid, phosphoric acid monoesters, phosphoric acid diesters, boron derivatives, phosphorus derivatives, antimony derivatives, halogen peroxides, and sulfonamides.
作為本發明的樹脂組成物中所使用之光酸產生劑,例如可舉出醌二疊氮化合物、肟磺酸鹽化合物、有機鹵化化合物、有機硼酸鹽化合物、二碸化合物、鎓鹽化合物等。 從靈敏度、保存穩定性的觀點考慮,有機鹵素化合物、肟磺酸鹽化合物、鎓鹽化合物為較佳,從所形成之膜的機械特性等之觀點考慮,肟酯為較佳。 Examples of photoacid generators used in the resin composition of the present invention include quinone diazide compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, organic halogenated compounds, organic borate compounds, disulfonate compounds, and onium salt compounds. From the perspectives of sensitivity and storage stability, organic halogenated compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, and onium salt compounds are preferred. From the perspectives of mechanical properties of the resulting film, oxime esters are preferred.
作為醌二疊氮化合物,可舉出醌二疊氮的磺酸酯鍵於1價或多元的羥基化合物而獲得者,醌二疊氮的磺酸磺醯胺鍵於1價或多元的胺化合物而獲得者,醌二疊氮的磺酸酯鍵和/或磺醯胺鍵於聚羥基聚胺化合物而獲得者等。該等聚羥基化合物、聚胺基化合物、聚羥基聚胺基化合物的所有官能基可以未經醌二疊氮取代,但是進行平均而官能基整體的40莫耳%以上經醌二疊氮取代為較佳。藉由含有該種醌二疊氮化合物,能夠獲得對作為通常的紫外線之水銀燈的i射線(波長365nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、g射線(波長436nm)進行感光之樹脂組成物。Examples of quinonediazide compounds include those obtained by forming a sulfonate bond of quinonediazide with a monovalent or polyvalent hydroxyl compound, those obtained by forming a sulfonate-sulfonamide bond of quinonediazide with a monovalent or polyvalent amine compound, and those obtained by forming a sulfonate bond and/or a sulfonamide bond of quinonediazide with a polyhydroxypolyamine compound. All functional groups in these polyhydroxy compounds, polyamine compounds, and polyhydroxypolyamine compounds may not be substituted with quinonediazide, but preferably, at least 40 mol% of the total functional groups are substituted with quinonediazide on average. By containing this quinone diazide compound, a resin composition can be obtained that is sensitive to i-rays (wavelength 365nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), and g-rays (wavelength 436nm) of mercury lamps, which are common ultraviolet rays.
作為羥基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出酚、三羥基二苯甲酮、4甲氧基酚、異丙醇、辛醇、三級丁醇、環己醇、萘酚、Bis-Z、BisP-EZ、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、TrisP-SA、TrisOCR-PA、BisOCHP-Z、BisP-MZ、BisP-PZ、BisP-IPZ、BisOCP-IPZ、BisP-CP、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P、BisP-OCHP、亞甲基三-FR-CR、BisRS-26X、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、二羥甲基-BisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-BP、TML-HQ、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP(以上為產品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、BIR-OC、BIP-PC、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-PCHP、BIP-BIOC-F、4PC、BIR-BIPC-F、TEP-BIP-A、46DMOC、46DMOEP、TM-BIP-A(以上為產品名,ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製造)、2,6-二甲氧基甲基-4-三級丁基酚、2,6-二甲氧基甲基-對甲酚、2,6-二乙醯氧基甲基-對甲酚、萘酚、四羥基二苯甲酮、沒食子酸甲基酯、雙酚A、雙酚E、亞甲基雙酚、BisP-AP(產品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、酚醛清漆樹脂等,但是並不限定於該等。Specifically, the hydroxyl compounds include phenol, trihydroxybenzophenone, 4-methoxyphenol, isopropyl alcohol, octanol, tert-butyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, naphthol, Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, TrisP-SA, TrisOCR-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, methylene tris-FR-CR, BisRS- 26X, DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML-PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, Dihydroxymethyl-BisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-BP, TML-HQ, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP (the above are product names, Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BIR-OC, BIP-PC, BIR-PC, BIR-PTBP, BIR-PCHP, BIP-BIOC-F, 4PC, BIR-BIPC-F, TEP-BIP-A, 46DMOC, 46DMOEP, TM-BIP-A (these are product names, manufactured by Asahi Yukizai Corporation), 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-tert-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diethoxymethyl-p-cresol, naphthol, tetrahydroxybenzophenone, methyl gallate, bisphenol A, bisphenol E, methylene bisphenol, BisP-AP (product name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), novolac resin, etc., but are not limited to these.
作為胺基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出苯胺、甲基苯胺、二乙胺、丁胺、1,4-伸苯基二胺、1,3-伸苯基二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚等,但是並不限定於該等。Specific examples of the amino compound include, but are not limited to, aniline, methylaniline, diethylamine, butylamine, 1,4-phenylenediamine, 1,3-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether.
又,作為聚羥基聚胺基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、3,3’-二羥基聯苯胺等,但是並不限定於該等。Specific examples of the polyhydroxypolyamino compound include, but are not limited to, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane and 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine.
在該等之中,包含酚化合物及與4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基的酯作為醌二疊氮化合物為較佳。藉此,能夠獲得對i射線曝光之更高的靈敏度和更高的解析度。Among these, phenol compounds and esters with 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl groups are preferred as quinonediazide compounds. This allows for higher sensitivity and resolution to i-ray exposure.
本發明的樹脂組成物中所使用之醌二疊氮化合物的含量相對於樹脂100質量份為1~50質量份為較佳,10~40質量份為更佳。藉由將醌二疊氮化合物的含量設在該範圍內,可以獲得曝光部和未曝光部的對比度,從而能夠實現更高靈敏度化,因此為較佳。進而,可以依據需要添加增感劑等。The content of the quinonediazide compound used in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin. Setting the quinonediazide compound content within this range is preferred because it improves the contrast between exposed and unexposed areas, thereby achieving higher sensitivity. Furthermore, a sensitizer or the like may be added as needed.
光酸產生劑為包含肟磺酸鹽基之化合物(以下,亦簡稱為“肟磺酸鹽化合物”)為較佳。 肟磺酸鹽化合物只要具有肟磺酸鹽基,則並無特別限制,但是由下述式(OS-1)、後述式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。 The photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oximesulfonate group (hereinafter referred to as an "oximesulfonate compound"). The oximesulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it contains an oximesulfonate group, but oximesulfonate compounds represented by the following formula (OS-1), the later-described formula (OS-103), the formula (OS-104), or the formula (OS-105) are preferred.
[化學式16] [Chemical formula 16]
式(OS-1)中,X 3表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。在存在複數個X 3之情況下,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。上述X 3中之烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為上述X 3中之烷基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基為較佳。作為上述X 3中之烷氧基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷氧基為較佳。作為上述X 3中之鹵素原子,氯原子或氟原子為較佳。 式(OS-1)中,m3表示0~3的整數,0或1為較佳。在m3為2或3時,複數個X 3可以相同亦可以不同。 式(OS-1)中,R 34表示烷基或芳基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、可以經W取代的苯基、可以經W取代的萘基或可以經W取代的蒽基為較佳。W表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基或碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數6~20的鹵化芳基。 In formula (OS-1), X₃ represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. When multiple X₃ groups are present, they may be the same or different. The alkyl and alkoxy groups in X₃ may have substituents. The alkyl group in X₃ is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group in X₃ is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogen atom in X₃ is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom. In formula (OS-1), m₃ represents an integer from 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. When m₃ is 2 or 3, the multiple X₃ groups may be the same or different. In formula (OS-1), R represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may be substituted with W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with W, or an anthracenyl group which may be substituted with W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
式(OS-1)中,m3為3,X 3為甲基,X 3的取代位置為鄰位,R 34為碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7-二甲基-2-氧代降崁基甲基或對甲苯基的化合物為特佳。 In formula (OS-1), the compound wherein m3 is 3, X3 is methyl, the substitution position of X3 is an ortho position, and R34 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorkanylmethyl, or p-tolyl is particularly preferred.
作為由式(OS-1)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0064~0068段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0158~0167段中所記載之以下化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by formula (OS-1) include the following compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0068 of JP-A-2011-209692 and paragraphs 0158 to 0167 of JP-A-2015-194674, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
[化學式17] [Chemical formula 17]
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,R s1表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,有時存在複數個之R s2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,有時存在複數個之R s6分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、磺酸基、胺基磺醯基或烷氧基磺醯基,Xs表示O或S,ns表示1或2,ms表示0~6的整數。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由R s1表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)或雜芳基(碳數4~30為較佳)在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有公知的取代基。 In Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), Rs1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. Plural Rs2 groups may be present and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom. Plural Rs6 groups may be present and each independently represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group, or an alkoxysulfonyl group. Xs represents O or S, ns represents 1 or 2, and ms represents an integer from 0 to 6. In Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by Rs1 may have known substituents as long as the effects of the present invention can be achieved.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,R s2為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳)或芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。在化合物中有時存在兩個以上之R s2中,一個或兩個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為較佳,一個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為更佳,一個為烷基且其餘為氫原子為特佳。由R s2表示之烷基或芳基在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有公知的取代基。 式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)中,Xs表示O或S,O為較佳。上述式(OS-103)~(OS-105)中,包含Xs作為環員之環為5員環或6員環。 In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), Rs2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. In compounds where two or more Rs2 exist, one or two are preferably alkyl groups, aryl groups, or halogen atoms, more preferably one is an alkyl group, aryl group, or halogen atom, and particularly preferably one is an alkyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms. The alkyl or aryl group represented by Rs2 may have known substituents as long as the effects of the present invention are achieved. In formulas (OS-103), (OS-104), or (OS-105), Xs represents O or S, preferably O. In the above formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring containing Xs as a ring member is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ns表示1或2,在Xs為O之情況下,ns為1為較佳,又在Xs為S之情況下,ns為2為較佳。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由R s6表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)及烷氧基(碳數1~30為較佳)可以具有取代基。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ms表示0~6的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳,0為特佳。 In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), ns represents 1 or 2. When Xs is O, ns is preferably 1. When Xs is S, ns is preferably 2. In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by Rs6 may have a substituent. In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), ms represents an integer from 0 to 6, preferably an integer from 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
又,由上述式(OS-103)表示之化合物為由下述式(OS-106)、式(OS-110)或式(OS-111)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-104)表示之化合物為由下述式(OS-107)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-105)表示之化合物為由下述式(OS-108)或式(OS-109)表示之化合物為特佳。 [化學式18] Furthermore, the compound represented by the above formula (OS-103) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), formula (OS-110), or formula (OS-111), the compound represented by the above formula (OS-104) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-107), and the compound represented by the above formula (OS-105) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-108) or formula (OS-109). [Chemical Formula 18]
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t1表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,R t7表示氫原子或溴原子,R t8表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,R t9表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,R t2表示氫原子或甲基。 式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t7表示氫原子或溴原子,氫原子為較佳。 In Formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom; R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group, or a chlorophenyl group; R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group, or a methoxy group; and R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In Formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, with a hydrogen atom being preferred.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t8表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子或苯基為較佳,碳數1~8的烷基為更佳,碳數1~6的烷基為進一步較佳,甲基為特佳。 In formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), Rt8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group, or a chlorophenyl group. An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a phenyl group is preferred. An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred. An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is even more preferred. A methyl group is particularly preferred.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t9表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,氫原子為較佳。 R t2表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟的立體結構(E,Z),可以為其中任一者,亦可以為混合物。 作為由上述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0088~0095段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0168~0194段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 In Formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group, or a methoxy group, preferably a hydrogen atom. R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. Furthermore, in the above-mentioned oxime sulfonate compounds, the oxime stereostructure (E, Z) may be either one or a mixture. Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by Formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0095 of JP-A-2011-209692 and paragraphs 0168 to 0194 of JP-A-2015-194674, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為包含至少一個肟磺酸鹽基之肟磺酸鹽化合物的較佳的其他態樣,可舉出由下述式(OS-101)、式(OS-102)表示之化合物。As other preferred aspects of the oxime sulfonate compound containing at least one oxime sulfonate group, compounds represented by the following formula (OS-101) and formula (OS-102) can be cited.
[化學式19] [Chemical formula 19]
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u9表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧羰基、醯基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺基、氰基、芳基或雜芳基。R u9為氰基或芳基之態樣為更佳,R u9為氰基、苯基或萘基之態樣為進一步較佳。 式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u2a表示烷基或芳基。 式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Xu表示-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NR u5-、-CH 2-、-CR u6H-或CR u6R u7-,R u5~R u7分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。 In Formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. More preferably, R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group, and even more preferably, R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group. In Formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. In Formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), Xu represents -O-, -S-, -NH-, -NR u5 -, -CH 2 -, -CR u6 H-, or CR u6 R u7 -, and R u5 to R u7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u1~R u4分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、胺基、烷氧羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、醯胺基、磺基、氰基或芳基。R u1~R u4中的兩個分別可以相互鍵結而形成環。此時,環可以進行縮環而與苯環一同形成縮合環。作為R u1~R u4,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基為較佳,又R u1~R u4中的至少兩個相互鍵結而形成芳基之態樣亦較佳。其中,R u1~R u4均為氫原子之態樣為較佳。上述取代基均還可以具有取代基。 In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u1 to R u4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, or an aryl group. Two of R u1 to R u4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In this case, the ring may be condensed to form a condensed ring with a benzene ring. R u1 to R u4 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group. It is also preferred that at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group. It is particularly preferred that all of R u1 to R u4 are hydrogen atoms. Each of the above substituents may further have a substituent.
由上述式(OS-101)表示之化合物為由式(OS-102)表示之化合物為更佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟或苯并噻唑環的立體結構(E,Z等),分別可以為其中任一者,亦可以為混合物。 作為由式(OS-101)表示之化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0102~0106段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0195~0207段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 在上述化合物之中,下述b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33為較佳。 [化學式20] 作為市售品,能夠舉出WPAG-336(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、WPAG-443(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、MBZ-101(Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 The compound represented by the above formula (OS-101) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-102). Furthermore, in the above oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructure (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime or benzothiazole ring may be any one or a mixture. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-101) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0106 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0195 to 0207 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194674, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification. Among the above compounds, the following b-9, b-16, b-31, and b-33 are preferred. [Chemical Formula 20] Commercially available products include WPAG-336 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), WPAG-443 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), and MBZ-101 (manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
又,亦可舉出由下述結構式表示之化合物作為較佳例。 [化學式21] Furthermore, the compound represented by the following structural formula can be cited as a preferred example. [Chemical Formula 21]
作為有機鹵化化合物,具體而言,可舉出若林等“Bull Chem.Soc Japan”42、2924(1969)、美國專利第3,905,815號說明書、日本特公昭46-4605號、日本特開昭48-36281號公報、日本特開昭55-32070號公報、日本特開昭60-239736號公報、日本特開昭61-169835號公報、日本特開昭61-169837號公報、日本特開昭62-58241號公報、日本特開昭62-212401號公報、日本特開昭63-70243號公報、日本特開昭63-298339號公報、M.P.Hutt“Jurnal of Heterocyclic Chemistry”1(No3),(1970)等中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。尤其,可舉出經三鹵甲基取代之㗁唑化合物:對稱三𠯤化合物作為較佳例。 更佳地,可舉出至少一個單、二或三鹵素取代甲基與對稱三𠯤環鍵結而成之對稱三𠯤衍生物,具體而言,例如可舉出2,4,6-三(單氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-正丙基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(α,α,β-三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(3,4-環氧苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-〔1-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-丁二烯基〕-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對甲苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(4-萘氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-苯硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-苄硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二溴甲基)對稱三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三溴甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-甲氧基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)對稱三𠯤等。 Specific examples of organic halogenated compounds include Wakabayashi et al., Bull Chem. Soc Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), U.S. Patent No. 3,905,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-4605, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 48-36281, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 55-32070, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-169835, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-169837, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-58241, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-212401, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-70243, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-298339, and M.P. Hutt, "Journal of Heterocyclic The compounds described in "Chemistry" 1 (No. 3), (1970) and the like are incorporated into this specification. In particular, trihalomethyl-substituted azole compounds: symmetrical triazole compounds can be cited as preferred examples. More preferably, symmetrical triazole derivatives formed by bonding at least one mono-, di-, or trihalomethyl substituted methyl group to a symmetrical triazole ring can be cited. Specifically, for example, 2,4,6-tris(monochloromethyl)symmetrical triazole, 2,4,6-tris(dichloromethyl)symmetrical triazole, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)symmetrical triazole, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)symmetrical triazole, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)symmetrical triazole, trisinium, 2-(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinium, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinium, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinium, 2-(3,4-epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinium, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinium, 2-[1-(p-methoxyphenyl)] phenyl)-2,4-butadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinol, 2-phenylvinyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinol, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinol, 2-(p-isopropoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinol, 2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetrical trisinol, 2-(4-naphthyloxyphenyl)- 2-Benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetric trithione, 2-phenylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetric trithione, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetric trithione, 2,4,6-tris(dibromomethyl) symmetric trithione, 2,4,6-tris(tribromomethyl) symmetric trithione, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl) symmetric trithione, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl) symmetric trithione, etc.
作為有機硼酸鹽化合物,例如可舉出日本特開昭62-143044號公報、日本特開昭62-150242號公報、日本特開平9-188685號公報、日本特開平9-188686號公報、日本特開平9-188710號公報、日本特開2000-131837號公報、日本特開2002-107916號公報、日本專利第2764769號公報、日本特開2002-116539號公報等及Kunz,Martin“Rad Tech'98.Proceeding April 19-22,1998,Chicago”等中所記載之有機硼酸鹽、日本特開平6-157623號公報、日本特開平6-175564號公報、日本特開平6-175561號公報中所記載之有機硼鋶錯合物或有機硼氧代鋶錯合物、日本特開平6-175554號公報、日本特開平6-175553號公報中所記載之有機硼錪錯合物、日本特開平9-188710號公報中所記載之有機硼鏻錯合物、日本特開平6-348011號公報、日本特開平7-128785號公報、日本特開平7-140589號公報、日本特開平7-306527號公報、日本特開平7-292014號公報等有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等作為具體例,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Examples of the organic borate compounds include Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-143044, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-150242, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188685, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188686, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188710, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-131837, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-107916, Japanese Patent No. 2764769, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-116539, and Kunz, Martin "Rad Tech '98. Proceeding April Organic borates described in "Chicago" et al., 19-22, 1998, organic borate salts described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-157623, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175564, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175561, organic boron-zinc complexes or organic boron-oxygen-zinc complexes described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175554, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-175553 Specific examples include organoboron transition metal complexes such as those described in JP-A-9-188710, JP-A-6-348011, JP-A-7-128785, JP-A-7-140589, JP-A-7-306527, and JP-A-7-292014, and the like, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
作為二碸化合物,可舉出日本特開昭61-166544號公報、日本專利申請2001-132318公報等中所記載之化合物及重氮二碸化合物。Examples of the disulfide compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-166544, Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-132318, and diazodisulfide compounds.
作為上述鎓鹽化合物,例如可舉出S.I.Schlesinger,Photogr.Sci.Eng.,18,387(1974)、T.S.Bal et al,Polymer,21,423(1980)中所記載之重氮鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號說明書、日本特開平4-365049號公報等中所記載之銨鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號、美國專利第4,069,056號的各說明書中所記載之鏻鹽、歐洲專利第104,143號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第410,201號的各說明書、日本特開平2-150848號、日本特開平2-296514號公報中所記載之錪鹽、歐洲專利第370,693號、歐洲專利第390,214號、歐洲專利第233,567號、歐洲專利第297,443號、歐洲專利第297,442號、美國專利第4,933,377號、美國專利第161,811號、美國專利第410,201號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第4,760,013號、美國專利第4,734,444號、美國專利第2,833,827號、德國專利第2,904,626號、德國專利第3,604,580號、德國專利第3,604,581號的各說明書中所記載之鋶鹽、J.V.Crivello et al,Macromolecules,10(6),1307(1977)、J.V.Crivello et al,J.Polymer Sci.,Polymer Chem.Ed.,17,1047(1979)中所記載之硒鹽、C.S.Wen et al,Teh,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478 Tokyo,Oct(1988)中所記載之砷鹽、吡啶鎓鹽等鎓鹽等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Examples of the above-mentioned onium salt compounds include S.I.Schlesinger, Photogr. Sci. Eng., 18, 387 (1974), T.S.Bal et al. Diazo salts described in al, Polymer, 21,423 (1980), ammonium salts described in U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-365049, etc., phosphonium salts described in U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055, U.S. Patent No. 4,069,056, European Patent No. 104,143, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, iodine salts described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2-150848, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2-296514, European Patent No. 370,693, European Patent No. 39 0,214, European Patent No. 233,567, European Patent No. 297,443, European Patent No. 297,442, U.S. Patent No. 4,933,377, U.S. Patent No. 161,811, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 4,760,013, U.S. Patent No. 4,734,444, U.S. Patent No. 2,833,827, German Patent No. 2,904,626, German Patent No. 3,604,580, German Patent No. 3,604,581, J.V. Crivello et al, Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977), J.V. Crivello et al, J. Polymer Sci., Polymer Chem. Ed., 17, 1047 (1979), and onium salts such as arsenic salts and pyridinium salts described in C.S. Wen et al, Teh, Proc. Conf. Rad. Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct (1988), are incorporated into this specification.
作為鎓鹽,可舉出由下述通式(RI-I)~(RI-III)表示之鎓鹽。
[化學式22]
式(RI-I)中,Ar11表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳的取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數6~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數2~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基的碳數為6~20的芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z11 -表示1價的陰離子,其為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子為較佳。式(RI-II)中,Ar21、Ar22分別獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基的碳數1~20的芳基,作為較佳的取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的單烷基胺基、烷基的碳數分別獨立地為1~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z21 -表示1價的陰離子,其為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、 亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。式(RI-III)中,R31、R32、R33分別獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數6~20的芳基或烷基、烯基、炔基,較佳地,從反應性、穩定性的方面考慮,芳基為較佳。作為較佳的取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的單烷基胺基、烷基的碳數分別獨立地為1~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z31 -表示1價的陰離子,其為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。 In formula (RI-I), Ar11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylamide group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 11 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. From the perspective of stability, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, and sulfinic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-II), Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a monoalkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in an alkyl group, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 21 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. From the perspective of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, sulfinic acid ions, and carboxylic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-III), R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 each independently represent an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, which may have 1 to 6 substituents, or an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. Preferably, an aryl group is preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity and stability. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a monoalkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group in which the alkyl group independently has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group in which the alkyl group has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 31 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. From the perspective of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, sulfinic acid ions, and carboxylic acid ions are preferred.
作為較佳的光酸產生劑的具體例,可舉出以下者。 Specific examples of preferred photoacid generators include the following.
[化學式23] [化學式24] [化學式25] [化學式26] [Chemical formula 23] [Chemical formula 24] [Chemical formula 25] [Chemical formula 26]
光酸產生劑相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分使用0.1~20質量%為較佳,使用0.5~18質量%為更佳,使用0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳,使用0.5~3質量%為更進一步較佳,使用0.5~1.2質量%為又更進一步較佳。 光酸產生劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用複數種。在組合使用複數種的情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 又,為了對所期望的光源賦予感光性,與增感劑併用亦較佳。 The photoacid generator is preferably used in an amount of 0.1-20 mass%, more preferably 0.5-18 mass%, even more preferably 0.5-10 mass%, even more preferably 0.5-3 mass%, and even more preferably 0.5-1.2 mass%, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition. A single photoacid generator may be used alone, or multiple types may be used in combination. When multiple types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range. In addition, to impart photosensitivity to the desired light source, it is also preferably used in combination with a sensitizer.
<熱酸產生劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱酸產生劑。 熱酸產生劑具有如下效果:藉由加熱而產生酸來促進選自具有羥甲基、烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物、環氧化合物、氧環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物中的至少一種化合物的交聯反應。 <Thermal Acid Generator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator has the effect of generating an acid upon heating, thereby promoting the crosslinking reaction of at least one compound selected from compounds having hydroxymethyl, alkoxymethyl, or acyloxymethyl groups, epoxy compounds, cyclohexane compounds, and benzophenone compounds.
熱酸產生劑的熱分解開始溫度為50℃~270℃為較佳,50℃~250℃為更佳。又,若選擇一種在將組成物塗佈於基板上之後進行乾燥(預烘烤:約70~140℃)時不產生酸,而在之後的曝光、顯影中圖案化之後進行最終加熱(硫化:約100~400℃)時產生酸者作為熱酸產生劑,則能夠抑制顯影時的靈敏度下降,因此為較佳。 關於熱分解開始溫度,在將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃之情況下,作為溫度最低的發熱峰的峰值溫度而求出。 作為測定熱分解開始溫度時使用之設備,可舉出Q2000(TA Instruments.製造)等。 The thermal decomposition starting temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably between 50°C and 270°C, more preferably between 50°C and 250°C. Furthermore, it is preferable to select a thermal acid generator that does not generate acid during drying (pre-bake: approximately 70°C to 140°C) after the composition is applied to the substrate, but generates acid during the final heating (vulcanization: approximately 100°C to 400°C) after patterning during subsequent exposure and development. This can suppress sensitivity degradation during development and is therefore preferable. The thermal decomposition starting temperature is determined as the peak temperature of the lowest thermal peak when the thermal acid generator is heated at 5°C/minute to 500°C in a pressure-resistant capsule. Examples of equipment used to measure the thermal decomposition onset temperature include the Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments).
從熱酸產生劑產生之酸為強酸為較佳,例如對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸等芳磺酸、甲磺酸、乙磺酸、丁磺酸等烷磺酸或者三氟甲磺酸等鹵烷磺酸等為較佳。作為該種熱酸產生劑的例子,可舉出日本特開2013-072935號公報的0055段中所記載者。The acid generated by the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid, such as aromatic sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, alkanesulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, and butanesulfonic acid, or halogenated alkanesulfonic acids such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid. Examples of such thermal acid generators include those described in paragraph 0055 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-072935.
其中,從在有機膜中殘留得少且不易降低有機膜物理性質之觀點考慮,產生碳數1~4的烷磺酸或碳數1~4的鹵烷磺酸者為更佳,作為熱酸產生劑,甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶鹽、3-(5-(((丙磺醯基)氧基)亞胺基)噻吩-2(5H)-亞基)-2-(鄰甲苯基)丙腈、2,2-雙(3-(甲磺醯基胺基)-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷為較佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of less residue in the organic membrane and less deterioration of the physical properties of the organic membrane, the one that generates an alkanesulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogen alkanesulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the thermal acid generator, (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylcoppersulfonate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcoppersulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcoppersulfonate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcoppersulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)coppersulfonate), (4-hydroxyphenyl)trifluoromethanesulfonate Preferred are trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperium salt, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperium salt, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (benzyl(4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcopperium salt, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (benzyl(4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperium salt, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)copperium salt, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (3-(5-((propanesulfonyl)oxy)imino)thiophen-2(5H)-ylidene)-2-(o-tolyl)propionitrile, and 2,2-bis(3-(methylsulfonylamino)-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane.
又,作為熱酸產生劑,日本特開2013-167742號公報的0059段中所記載之化合物亦較佳。Furthermore, as the thermal acid generator, the compound described in paragraph 0059 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-167742 is also preferred.
熱酸產生劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.01質量份以上為較佳,0.1質量份以上為更佳。藉由含有0.01質量份以上來促進交聯反應,因此能夠進一步提高有機膜的機械特性及耐溶劑性。又,從有機膜的電絕緣性的觀點考慮,20質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳。The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or greater, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or greater, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. The inclusion of 0.01 parts by mass or greater promotes crosslinking reactions, thereby further improving the mechanical properties and solvent resistance of the organic film. Furthermore, from the perspective of the electrical insulation of the organic film, the content is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
<鹼產生劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含鹼產生劑。其中,鹼產生劑為能夠藉由物理或化學作用而產生鹼之化合物。作為對本發明的樹脂組成物來說較佳的鹼產生劑,可舉出熱鹼產生劑及光鹼產生劑。 尤其,在樹脂組成物包含環化樹脂的前驅物之情況下,樹脂組成物包含鹼產生劑為較佳。藉由使樹脂組成物含有熱鹼產生劑,例如藉由加熱而能夠促進前驅物的環化反應,成為硬化物的機械特性或耐藥品性良好者,例如作為半導體封裝中所包含之再配線層用層間絕緣膜的性能變得良好。 作為鹼產生劑,可以為離子型鹼產生劑,亦可以為非離子型鹼產生劑。作為從鹼產生劑產生之鹼,例如可舉出二級胺、三級胺。 對本發明之鹼產生劑並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的鹼產生劑。作為公知的鹼產生劑,例如能夠使用胺甲醯基肟化合物、胺甲醯基羥胺化合物、胺甲酸化合物、甲醯胺化合物、乙醯胺化合物、胺基甲酸酯化合物、苄胺基甲酸酯化合物、硝基苄胺基甲酸酯化合物、磺醯胺化合物、咪唑衍生物化合物、胺醯亞胺化合物、吡啶衍生物化合物、α-胺基苯乙酮衍生物化合物、四級銨鹽衍生物化合物、吡啶鎓鹽、α-內酯環衍生物化合物、胺醯亞胺化合物、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺衍生物化合物、醯氧基亞胺基化合物等。 作為非離子型鹼產生劑的具體的化合物,可舉出由式(B1)、式(B2)或式(B3)表示之化合物。 [化學式27] <Base Generator> The resin composition of the present invention may contain a base generator. A base generator is a compound capable of generating a base through physical or chemical action. Preferred base generators for the resin composition of the present invention include thermal base generators and photobase generators. In particular, when the resin composition contains a precursor of a cyclized resin, it is particularly preferred that the resin composition contain a base generator. By including a thermal base generator in the resin composition, the cyclization reaction of the precursor can be accelerated, for example, by heating, resulting in a cured product with excellent mechanical properties and chemical resistance, such as interlayer insulation films for redistribution layers included in semiconductor packages. The base generator can be either ionic or non-ionic. Examples of bases generated from the base generator include diamines and tertiary amines. The base generator of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known base generators can be used. Examples of known base generators include aminoformyl oxime compounds, aminoformylhydroxylamine compounds, carbamic acid compounds, formamide compounds, acetamide compounds, carbamate compounds, benzylcarbamate compounds, nitrobenzylcarbamate compounds, sulfonamide compounds, imidazole derivative compounds, aminoimide compounds, pyridine derivative compounds, α-aminoacetophenone derivative compounds, quaternary ammonium salt derivative compounds, pyridinium salts, α-lactone ring derivative compounds, aminoimide compounds, o-xylylenediamine derivative compounds, and acyloxyimino compounds. Specific examples of non-ionic base generators include compounds represented by Formula (B1), Formula (B2), or Formula (B3). [Chemical Formula 27]
式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3分別獨立地為不具有三級胺結構的有機基、鹵素原子或氫原子。其中,Rb 1及Rb 2不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3均不具有羧基。再者,在本說明書中,三級胺結構係指3價的氮原子的三個鍵結鍵均與烴系碳原子進行共價鍵之結構。因此,在所鍵結之碳原子為形成羰基之碳原子之情況亦即在與氮原子一同形成醯胺基之情況下,並不限於此。 In formulas (B1) and (B2), Rb1 , Rb2 , and Rb3 are each independently an organic group, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom that does not have a tertiary amine structure. However, Rb1 and Rb2 cannot simultaneously be hydrogen atoms. Furthermore, Rb1 , Rb2 , and Rb3 do not have a carboxyl group. Furthermore, in this specification, a tertiary amine structure refers to a structure in which all three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to hydrocarbon carbon atoms. Therefore, even when the carbon atom to which the bond is formed is a carbonyl group, that is, when it forms an amide group together with a nitrogen atom, the structure is not limited thereto.
式(B1)、式(B2)中,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3中的至少一個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少兩個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一個,單環或兩個單環縮合而成之縮合環為較佳。單環為5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為更佳。單環為環己環及苯環為較佳,環己環為更佳。 In formula (B1) and formula (B2), at least one of Rb1 , Rb2 , and Rb3 preferably comprises a cyclic structure, and at least two of them more preferably comprise a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, with a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring formed by condensing two monocyclic rings being preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, with a 6-membered ring being more preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a cyclohexyl ring or a benzene ring, with a cyclohexyl ring being more preferred.
更具體而言,Rb 1及Rb 2為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。Rb 1與Rb 2可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。尤其,Rb 1及Rb 2為可以具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀的烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可以具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可以具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。 More specifically, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3-12 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3-12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6-22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6-10 carbon atoms), or aralkyl groups (preferably having 7-25 carbon atoms, more preferably 7-19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7-12 carbon atoms). These groups may have substituents within the scope of the present invention. Rb1 and Rb2 may bond to each other to form a ring. The formed ring is preferably a 4-7 membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. In particular, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent, more preferably cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent, and even more preferably cyclohexyl groups which may have a substituent.
作為Rb 3,可舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)或芳烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基、芳烷氧基為較佳。Rb 3在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內還可以具有取代基。 Examples of Rb 3 include alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), aralkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), An aralkenyl group (preferably having 8-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 8-20, and even more preferably 8-16 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably having 1-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3-12 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably having 6-22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6-12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyloxy group (preferably having 7-23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7-19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7-12 carbon atoms). Among these, cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3-24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3-12 carbon atoms), aralkenyl groups, and aralkyloxy groups are preferred. Rb3 may further have a substituent as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
由式(B1)表示之化合物為由下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式28] The compound represented by formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2). [Chemical Formula 28]
式中,Rb 11及Rb 12和Rb 31及Rb 32的含義分別與式(B1)中之Rb 1及Rb 2的含義相同。 Rb 13為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有取代基。其中,Rb 13為芳烷基為較佳。 In the formula, Rb11 and Rb12 and Rb31 and Rb32 have the same meanings as Rb1 and Rb2 in formula (B1), respectively. Rb13 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and may have a substituent within the scope of exerting the effects of the present invention. Among them, Rb13 is preferably an aralkyl group.
Rb 33及Rb 34分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。 Rb33 and Rb34 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably a hydrogen atom.
Rb 35為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。 Rb 35 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), preferably an aryl group.
又,由式(B1-1)表示之化合物為由式(B1-1a)表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式29] Furthermore, the compound represented by formula (B1-1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical Formula 29]
Rb 11及Rb 12的含義與式(B1-1)中之Rb 11及Rb 12的含義相同。 Rb 15及Rb 16為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb 17為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中,芳基為較佳。 Rb11 and Rb12 have the same meanings as Rb11 and Rb12 in formula (B1-1). Rb15 and Rb16 are hydrogen atom, alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably hydrogen atom or methyl group. Rb 17 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), wherein the aryl group is preferred.
[化學式30] [Chemical formula 30]
在式(B3)中,L表示烴基,該烴基為在連接相鄰之氧原子和碳原子之連接鏈的路徑上具有飽和烴基之2價的烴基,並且連接鏈的路徑上的原子數為3個以上。又,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價的有機基。 In formula (B3), L represents an alkyl group, which is a divalent alkyl group having a saturated alkyl group along the linking chain connecting adjacent oxygen atoms and carbon atoms, and the number of atoms along the linking chain is 3 or more. Furthermore, R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
在本說明書中,“連接鏈”係指,在連接連接對象的兩個原子或連接原子群組之間之路徑上的原子鏈中以最短(最小原子數)的方式連接該等連接對象者。例如,在由下述式表示之化合物中,L由伸苯基伸乙基構成,並且具有伸乙基作為飽和烴基,連接鏈由四個碳原子構成,連接鏈的路徑上的原子數(亦即,為構成連接鏈之原子的數量,以下,亦稱為“連接鏈長度”或者“連接鏈的長度”。)為4個。 [化學式31] In this specification, "connecting chain" refers to the shortest (smallest number of atoms) atomic chain connecting two atoms or groups of atoms in the connecting chain. For example, in the compound represented by the following formula, L is composed of a phenylene ethylene group, and has an ethylene group as a saturated alkyl group. The connecting chain is composed of four carbon atoms, and the number of atoms in the connecting chain path (i.e., the number of atoms constituting the connecting chain, hereinafter also referred to as "connecting chain length" or "chain length") is 4. [Chemical Formula 31]
式(B3)之L中的碳數(亦包含除了連接鏈中的碳原子以外的碳原子)為3~24為較佳。上限為12以下為更佳,10以下為進一步較佳,8以下為特佳。下限為4以上為更佳。從快速進行上述分子內環化反應之觀點考慮,L的連接鏈長度的上限為12以下為較佳,8以下為更佳,6以下為進一步較佳,5以下為特佳。尤其,L的連接鏈長度為4或5為較佳,4為最佳。作為鹼產生劑的具體的較佳化合物,例如亦可舉出國際公開第2020/066416號的0102~0168段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2018/038002號的0143~0177段中所記載之化合物。The number of carbon atoms in L in formula (B3) (including carbon atoms other than those in the connecting chain) is preferably 3 to 24. The upper limit is more preferably 12 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is even more preferably 4 or greater. From the perspective of rapid progress of the intramolecular cyclization reaction, the upper limit of the connecting chain length of L is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, even more preferably 6 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. In particular, the connecting chain length of L is preferably 4 or 5, with 4 being the most preferred. Specific preferred compounds as base generators include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0168 of International Publication No. 2020/066416 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0177 of International Publication No. 2018/038002.
又,鹼產生劑包含由下述式(N1)表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式32] Furthermore, the base generator preferably includes a compound represented by the following formula (N1). [Chemical Formula 32]
式(N1)中,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價的有機基,RC1表示氫原子或保護基,L表示2價的連接基。 In formula (N1), R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, RC1 represents a hydrogen atom or a protecting group, and L represents a divalent linking group.
L為2價的連接基,2價的有機基為較佳。連接基的連接鏈長度為1以上為較佳,2以上為更佳。作為上限,12以下為較佳,8以下為更佳,5以下為進一步較佳。連接鏈長度為在式中的兩個羰基之間成為最短路程之原子排列中存在之原子的數量。L is a divalent linking group, preferably a divalent organic group. The linking group preferably has a chain length of 1 or greater, more preferably 2 or greater. The upper limit is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less. The chain length is the number of atoms in the atomic arrangement that forms the shortest distance between the two carbonyl groups in the formula.
式(N1)中,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價的有機基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳),烴基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳)為較佳,具體而言,能夠舉出脂肪族烴基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳)或芳香族烴基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳),脂肪族烴基為較佳。若作為R N1及R N2使用脂肪族烴基,則所產生之鹼的鹼性高,因此為較佳。再者,脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴基可以具有取代基,又脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴基可以在脂肪族烴鏈中或芳香環中、取代基中具有氧原子。尤其,可例示脂肪族烴基在烴鏈中具有氧原子之態樣。 In formula (N1), RN1 and RN2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), preferably a alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Specifically, an aliphatic alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an aromatic alkyl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) can be exemplified. An aliphatic alkyl group is preferred. Using an aliphatic alkyl group as RN1 and RN2 is preferred because the resulting base has a high basicity. Furthermore, the aliphatic alkyl group and the aromatic alkyl group may have a substituent, and the aliphatic alkyl group and the aromatic alkyl group may have an oxygen atom in the aliphatic alkyl chain or in the aromatic ring or in the substituent. In particular, an embodiment in which the aliphatic alkyl group has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain can be exemplified.
作為構成R N1及R N2之脂肪族烴基,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基、環狀烷基、與鏈狀烷基和環狀烷基的組合有關之基團、在鏈中具有氧原子之烷基。直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基為碳數1~24者為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。關於直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一基、十二烷基、異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、異戊基、新戊基、三級戊基、異己基等。 環狀烷基為碳數3~12者為較佳,3~6為更佳。關於環狀烷基,例如可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環辛基等。 與鏈狀烷基和環狀烷基的組合有關之基團為碳數4~24者為較佳,4~18為更佳,4~12為進一步較佳。關於與鏈狀烷基和環狀烷基的組合有關之基團,例如可舉出環己基甲基、環己基乙基、環己基丙基、甲基環己基甲基、乙基環己基乙基等。 在鏈中具有氧原子之烷基為碳數2~12者為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。在鏈中具有氧原子之烷基可以為鏈狀,亦可以為環狀,並且可以為直鏈,亦可以為支鏈。 其中,從提高後述分解生成鹼的沸點之觀點考慮,R N1及R N2為碳數5~12的烷基為較佳。其中,在重視與金屬(例如銅)的層積層時的密接性之配方中,具有環狀的烷基之基團或碳數1~8的烷基為較佳。 Examples of the aliphatic alkyl group constituting RN1 and RN2 include linear or branched chain alkyl groups, cyclic alkyl groups, groups related to combinations of linear and cyclic alkyl groups, and alkyl groups having an oxygen atom in the chain. The linear or branched chain alkyl group preferably has 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the linear or branched chain alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, dibutyl, tertiary butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, and isohexyl. Cyclic alkyl groups preferably have 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6. Examples of cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. Groups associated with combinations of chain alkyl and cyclic alkyl groups preferably have 4 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 4 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of groups associated with combinations of chain alkyl and cyclic alkyl groups include cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclohexylpropyl, methylcyclohexylmethyl, and ethylcyclohexylethyl. Alkyl groups having an oxygen atom in the chain preferably have 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group containing an oxygen atom in the chain may be chain or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. From the perspective of increasing the boiling point of the base generated by decomposition described later, RN1 and RN2 are preferably alkyl groups having 5 to 12 carbon atoms. In formulations where adhesion to metals (e.g., copper) during layer-by-layer bonding is important, cyclic alkyl groups or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms are preferred.
R N1及R N2可以相互連接而形成環狀結構。在形成環狀結構時,可以在鏈中具有氧原子等。又,R N1及R N2所形成之環狀結構可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環,但是單環為較佳。作為所形成之環狀結構,式(N1)中的含有氮原子之5員環或6員環為較佳,例如可舉出吡咯環、咪唑環、吡唑環、吡咯啉環、吡咯啶環、咪唑啶環、吡唑啶環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環等,可較佳地舉出吡咯啉環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環。 RN1 and RN2 may be linked to form a ring structure. When forming a ring structure, an oxygen atom or the like may be present in the chain. The ring structure formed by RN1 and RN2 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, but a monocyclic ring is preferred. As the cyclic structure formed, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom in formula (N1) is preferred. Examples thereof include a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyrroline ring, a pyrrolidinyl ring, an imidazolidinyl ring, a pyrazolidinyl ring, a piperidine ring, a piperonyl ring, and a morpholine ring. Preferred examples include a pyrroline ring, a pyrrolidinyl ring, a piperidine ring, a piperonyl ring, and a morpholine ring.
R C1表示氫原子或保護基,氫原子為較佳。 R C1 represents a hydrogen atom or a protecting group, preferably a hydrogen atom.
作為保護基,藉由酸或鹼的作用進行分解之保護基為較佳,可較佳地舉出用酸進行分解之保護基。As the protecting group, a protecting group that is decomposed by the action of an acid or a base is preferred, and a protecting group that is decomposed by an acid can be preferably exemplified.
作為保護基的具體例,可舉出鏈狀或環狀的烷基或在鏈中具有氧原子之鏈狀或環狀的烷基。作為鏈狀或環狀的烷基,可舉出甲基、乙基、異丙基、三級丁基、環己基等。作為在鏈中具有氧原子之鏈狀的烷基,具體而言,可舉出烷基氧基烷基,更具體而言,可舉出甲氧基甲(MOM)基、乙氧基乙(EE)基等。作為在鏈中具有氧原子之環狀的烷基,可舉出環氧基、縮水甘油基、氧雜環丁基、四氫呋喃基、四氫吡喃(THP)基等。Specific examples of protecting groups include chain or cyclic alkyl groups or chain or cyclic alkyl groups containing an oxygen atom in the chain. Examples of chain or cyclic alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tertiary butyl, and cyclohexyl groups. Specifically, examples of chain alkyl groups containing an oxygen atom in the chain include alkyloxyalkyl groups, and more specifically, methoxymethyl (MOM) and ethoxyethyl (EE) groups. Examples of cyclic alkyl groups containing an oxygen atom in the chain include epoxy groups, glycidyl groups, cyclobutyloxy groups, tetrahydrofuryl groups, and tetrahydropyranyl (THP) groups.
作為構成L之2價的連接基,並無特別限定,但是烴基為較佳,脂肪族烴基為更佳。烴基可以具有取代基,又亦可以在烴鏈中具有除了碳原子以外的種類的原子。更具體而言,可以在鏈中具有氧原子的2價的烴連接基為較佳,可以在鏈中具有氧原子的2價的脂肪族烴基、2價的芳香族烴基或與可以在鏈中具有氧原子的2價的脂肪族烴基和2價的芳香族烴基的組合有關之基團為更佳,可以在鏈中具有氧原子的2價的脂肪族烴基為進一步較佳。該等基團不具有氧原子為較佳。 2價的烴連接基為碳數1~24者為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。2價的脂肪族烴基為碳數1~12者為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。2價的芳香族烴基為碳數6~22者為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。與2價的脂肪族烴基和2價的芳香族烴基的組合有關之基團(例如,伸芳基烷基)為碳數7~22者為較佳,7~18為更佳,7~10為進一步較佳。 The divalent linking group constituting L is not particularly limited, but a alkyl group is preferred, and an aliphatic alkyl group is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent and may have atoms other than carbon atoms in the alkyl chain. More specifically, a divalent alkyl linking group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain is preferred, a divalent aliphatic alkyl group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain, a divalent aromatic alkyl group, or a group related to a combination of a divalent aliphatic alkyl group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain and a divalent aromatic alkyl group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain is more preferred, and a divalent aliphatic alkyl group that may have an oxygen atom in the chain is even more preferred. These groups preferably do not have an oxygen atom. The divalent alkyl linking group preferably has 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The divalent aliphatic alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The divalent aromatic alkyl group preferably has 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The group associated with the combination of a divalent aliphatic alkyl group and a divalent aromatic alkyl group (e.g., an arylene alkyl group) preferably has 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
作為連接基L,具體而言,直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烷基、環狀伸烷基、與鏈狀伸烷基和環狀伸烷基的組合有關之基團、在鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基、直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀的伸烯基、環狀的伸烯基、伸芳基、伸芳基伸烷基為較佳。 直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烷基為碳數1~12者為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。 環狀伸烷基為碳數3~12者為較佳,3~6為更佳。 與鏈狀伸烷基和環狀伸烷基的組合有關之基團為碳數4~24者為較佳,4~12為更佳,4~6為進一步較佳。 在鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基可以為鏈狀,亦可以為環狀,並且可以為直鏈,亦可以為支鏈。在鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基為碳數1~12者為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。 Specifically, preferred linking groups include linear or branched chain alkylene groups, cyclic alkylene groups, groups related to combinations of chain and cyclic alkylene groups, alkylene groups having an oxygen atom in the chain, linear or branched chain alkenylene groups, cyclic alkenylene groups, arylene groups, and arylene alkylene groups. Linear or branched chain alkylene groups preferably have 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 4. Cyclic alkylene groups preferably have 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6. The groups involved in the combination of chain- and cyclic-alkylene groups preferably have 4 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 12, and even more preferably 4 to 6. Alkylene groups containing oxygen atoms in the chain may be chain- or cyclic-shaped, and may be straight or branched. Alkylene groups containing oxygen atoms in the chain preferably have 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀的伸烯基為碳數2~12者為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳。直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀的伸烯基的C=C鍵的數量為1~10者為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。 環狀的伸烯基為碳數3~12者為較佳,3~6為更佳。環狀的伸烯基的C=C鍵的數量為1~6為較佳,1~4為更佳,1~2為進一步較佳。 伸芳基為碳數6~22者為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。 伸芳基伸烷基為碳數7~23者為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳。 其中,鏈狀伸烷基、環狀伸烷基、在鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基、鏈狀的伸烯基、伸芳基、伸芳基、伸烷基為較佳,1,2-伸乙基、丙烷二基(尤其1,3-丙烷二基)、環己烷二基(尤其1,2-環己烷二基)、伸乙烯基(尤其順式伸乙烯基)、伸苯基(1,2-伸苯基)、伸苯基亞甲基(尤其1,2-伸苯基亞甲基)、氧伸乙基(尤其1,2-乙烯氧基-1,2-伸乙基)為更佳。 A linear or branched alkenylene group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms. The number of C=C bonds in a linear or branched alkenylene group is preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. A cyclic alkenylene group preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The number of C=C bonds in a cyclic alkenylene group is preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 2 carbon atoms. An arylene group preferably has 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Arylene and alkylene groups preferably have 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19, and even more preferably 7 to 11. Among these, chain alkylene groups, cyclic alkylene groups, alkylene groups having an oxygen atom in the chain, chain alkenylene groups, arylene groups, arylene groups, and alkylene groups are preferred. 1,2-ethylene, propanediyl (especially 1,3-propanediyl), cyclohexanediyl (especially 1,2-cyclohexanediyl), vinylene (especially cis-vinylene), phenylene (1,2-phenylene), phenylenemethylene (especially 1,2-phenylenemethylene), and oxyethylene (especially 1,2-vinyloxy-1,2-ethylene) are more preferred.
作為鹼產生劑,可舉出下述例,但是本發明並不僅由此做限定性解釋。The following examples can be cited as alkali generators, but the present invention is not to be construed as being limited thereto.
[化學式33] [Chemical formula 33]
非離子型熱鹼產生劑的分子量為800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the non-ionic thermal base generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less. As a lower limit, it is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
作為離子型鹼產生劑的具體的較佳化合物,例如亦可舉出國際公開第2018/038002號的0148~0163段中所記載之化合物。Specific preferred compounds as ionic base generators include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0148 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2018/038002.
作為銨鹽的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式34] Specific examples of ammonium salts include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 34]
作為亞胺鹽的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式35] Specific examples of imine salts include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 35]
在本發明的樹脂組成物包含鹼產生劑之情況下,鹼產生劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物中的樹脂100質量份為0.1~50質量份為較佳。下限為0.3質量份以上為更佳,0.5質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量份以下為更佳,20質量份以下為進一步較佳,10質量份以下為更進一步較佳,可以為5質量份以下,亦可以為4質量份以下。 鹼產生劑能夠使用1種或2種以上。在使用2種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains a base generator, the content of the base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 0.3 parts by mass or greater, and even more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or greater. The upper limit is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less. It may be 5 parts by mass or less, or even 4 parts by mass or less. One or more base generators may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<聚合性化合物> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合性化合物為較佳。 作為聚合性化合物,可舉出自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。 <Polymerizable Compound> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound include free radical crosslinking agents and other crosslinking agents.
〔自由基交聯劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑為具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 在該等之中,作為上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基苯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。 [Free Radical Crosslinking Agent] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a free radical crosslinking agent. The free radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. Preferred free radical polymerizable groups are groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Examples of such groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds include vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acryl, cis-butylenediimide, and (meth)acrylamide. Among these, (meth)acryl, (meth)acrylamide, and vinylphenyl are preferred groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds. From the perspective of reactivity, (meth)acryl is more preferred.
自由基交聯劑為具有一個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,但是具有兩個以上之化合物為更佳。自由基交聯劑可以具有三個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵。 作為上述具有兩個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有2~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有2~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有2~6個之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化物)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物包含具有兩個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和上述具有三個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦較佳。 The free radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, but compounds having two or more are more preferred. The free radical crosslinking agent may have three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Compounds having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds are preferably compounds having 2 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably compounds having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and even more preferably compounds having 2 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds. In addition, from the perspective of the film strength of the resulting pattern (cured product), the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds in addition to the aforementioned compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.
作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可較佳地使用具有羥基或胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物以及具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦較佳。又,作為另一例,亦能夠使用替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等之化合物群組來代替上述不飽和羧酸。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, and maleic acid), or their esters and amides. Preferred are esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids with polyol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids with polyamine compounds. Furthermore, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, or thiohydrides with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, or dehydration condensation reaction products with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, are also preferably used. Also preferred are addition reactions of unsaturated carboxylates or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate or epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, or thiols, as well as substitution reactions of unsaturated carboxylates or amides having dissociative substituents such as halogen or tosyloxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, or thiols. As another example, compounds such as unsaturated phosphonic acids, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ethers, and allyl ethers can be used in place of the unsaturated carboxylic acids. For specific examples, see paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, which are incorporated herein by reference.
又,自由基交聯劑為在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例,能夠舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷之後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而獲得之化合物、如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中所記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺甲酸乙酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物之環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯及該等混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中所記載之化合物亦較佳。又,亦能夠舉出使(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物與多官能羧酸進行反應而獲得之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Furthermore, the radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher at normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri(acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerol or trihydroxymethylethane, etc., which are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth)acrylating the obtained compound. Compounds obtained by acid esterification, such as urethane (meth)acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 48-041708, 50-006034, and 51-037193, polyester acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 48-064183, 49-043191, and 52-030490, multifunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates obtained as reaction products of epoxy resins and (meth)acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof, are also preferred. Compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-292970 are also preferred. In addition, polyfunctional (meth)acrylates obtained by reacting a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid can also be cited.
又,作為除了上述以外的較佳的自由基交聯劑物,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中所記載之具有茀環且具有兩個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物或卡多(cardo)樹脂。In addition to the above, preferred free radical crosslinking agents include compounds having a fluorene ring and two or more groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent Application No. 4364216, and cardo resins.
進而,作為其他例,亦能夠舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中所記載之特定的不飽和化合物或日本特開平02-025493號公報中所記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中所記載之包含全氟烷基之化合物。進而,亦能夠使用在“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20、No.7、300~308頁(1984年)中作為光聚合性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。Other examples include the specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 46-043946, 01-040337, and 01-040336, and the vinylphosphonic acid compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-025493. Furthermore, compounds containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, those described as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers in "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan," vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 300-308 (1984) can also be used.
除了上述以外,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中,作為式(1)及式(2)而與其具體例一同記載的如下化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該化合物為在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷之後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而獲得之化合物。Furthermore, in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986, the following compounds described as formula (1) and formula (2) together with their specific examples can also be used as radical crosslinking agents. These compounds are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then performing (meth)acrylic esterification.
進而,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中所記載之化合物作為自由基交聯劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-187211 can also be used as radical crosslinking agents, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等寡聚物類型。As free radical crosslinking agents, dipentatriol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and structures in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues are preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer Company, Inc製的作為具有四個伸乙氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、作為具有四個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯之Sartomer Company, Inc製SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製的作為具有戊烯氧基鏈鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、作為具有三個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330、胺甲酸乙酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)、NK Ester M-40G、NK Ester 4G、NK Ester M-9300、NK Ester A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION製造)等。Examples of commercially available free radical crosslinking agents include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethoxy chains, manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., SR-209, 231, and 239, bifunctional methacrylates having four vinyloxy chains, manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., DPCA-60, a hexafunctional acrylate having a pentyloxy chain, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TPA-330, a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyloxy chains, urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), NK Ester M-40G, NK Ester 4G, NK Ester M-9300, and NK Ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION), etc.
作為自由基交聯劑,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載之胺甲酸乙酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺甲酸乙酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。Preferred free radical crosslinking agents include urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765; and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418. Furthermore, as the radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-105238, can also be used.
自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為在使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為新戊四醇或二新戊四醇之化合物。作為市售品,例如作為TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製的多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物,可舉出M-510、M-520等。The free radical crosslinking agent may be one having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. Preferred free radical crosslinking agents having an acid group are esters of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid. More preferred are free radical crosslinking agents having an acid group formed by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with unreacted hydroxyl groups of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound. Particularly preferred are free radical crosslinking agents having an acid group formed by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with unreacted hydroxyl groups of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound, wherein the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is neopentyl triol or dipentyl triol. Commercially available products include polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers such as M-510 and M-520 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.
具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~300mgKOH/g,特佳為1~100mgKOH/g。只要自由基交聯劑的酸值在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。關於上述酸值,依據JIS K 0070:1992的記載來測定。The preferred acid value of a radical crosslinking agent containing an acid group is 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. A radical crosslinking agent with an acid value within this range provides excellent workability during production and, consequently, excellent developability. Furthermore, the polymerizability is good. The acid value is measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.
從圖案的解像性和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,樹脂組成物使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。 作為具體的化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG(聚乙二醇)200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO(環氧乙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO(環氧丙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、2羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、具有其他胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等依據需要能夠混合使用2種以上。 再者,例如PEG200二丙烯酸酯係指為聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯且聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右者。 關於本發明的樹脂組成物,從伴隨圖案(硬化物)的彈性模數控制而抑制翹曲的觀點考慮,能夠較佳地使用單官能自由基交聯劑作為自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、卡必醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、芐基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯基環氧丙醚等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。 除此以外,作為2官能以上的自由基交聯劑,可舉出鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類。 From the perspective of pattern resolution and film stretchability, bifunctional methacrylates or acrylates are preferably used as the resin composition. Specific compounds include triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) 200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate. acrylate, dihydroxymethyltricyclodecane diacrylate, dihydroxymethyltricyclodecane dimethacrylate, bisphenol A EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, bisphenol A PO (propylene oxide) adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid-modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylates with urethane bonds, and bifunctional methacrylates with urethane bonds. Two or more of these may be used in combination as needed. Furthermore, for example, PEG200 diacrylate refers to polyethylene glycol diacrylate with a polyethylene glycol chain formula weight of approximately 200. In the resin composition of the present invention, from the perspective of suppressing warping while controlling the elastic modulus of the pattern (cured product), a monofunctional free radical crosslinker can be preferably used as the free radical crosslinker. Monofunctional free radical crosslinking agents that can be used preferably include n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and other (meth)acrylic acid derivatives; N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam, and other N-vinyl compounds; and alkenyl glycidyl ethers. Monofunctional free radical crosslinking agents with a boiling point of 100°C or higher at normal pressure are also preferred to suppress volatility before exposure. In addition, examples of bifunctional or higher-functional free radical crosslinking agents include allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate.
在含有自由基交聯劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a free radical crosslinking agent is present, its content is preferably greater than 0% by mass and less than 60% by mass relative to the total solids content of the resin composition of the present invention. A lower limit of 5% by mass or greater is more preferred. An upper limit of 50% by mass or less is even more preferred, and 30% by mass or less is even more preferred.
自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔其他交聯劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物包含與上述自由基交聯劑不同之其他交聯劑亦較佳。 在本發明中,其他交聯劑係指除了上述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑的感光而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應產物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基團之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應產物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基團之化合物為較佳。 上述酸或鹼為在曝光步驟中從光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,具有選自包括醯氧基甲基、羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括醯氧基甲基、羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團與氮原子直接鍵結之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為其他交聯劑,例如可舉出具有使甲醛或甲醛和醇與三聚氰胺、甘脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含有胺基之化合物進行反應而經醯氧基甲基、羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代上述胺基的氫原子之結構之化合物。該等化合物的製造方法並無特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同之結構之化合物即可。又,亦可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 將作為上述含有胺基之化合物而使用了三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用了甘脲、脲或伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用了伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用了苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 在該等之中,本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述甘脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少一種化合物為更佳。 [Other Crosslinking Agents] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains other crosslinking agents other than the free radical crosslinking agents described above. In the present invention, other crosslinking agents refer to crosslinking agents other than the free radical crosslinking agents described above. Compounds having multiple groups within their molecules that are activated by the photoacid generator or photoalkali generator to promote the formation of covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products are preferred. Compounds having multiple groups within their molecules that are activated by the action of an acid or base to promote the formation of covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products are preferred. The acid or base is preferably one generated from a photoacid generator or photoalkali generator during the exposure step. Other crosslinking agents are preferably compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of acyloxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, and alkoxymethyl groups, and more preferably compounds having a structure in which at least one group selected from the group consisting of acyloxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, and alkoxymethyl groups is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom. Other crosslinking agents include, for example, compounds having a structure in which the hydrogen atoms of the amino groups are substituted with acyloxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, or alkoxymethyl groups by reacting formaldehyde or formaldehyde and an alcohol with an amino group-containing compound such as melamine, glycoluril, urea, alkylene urea, or benzoguanamine. The production method of these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as they have the same structure as the compounds produced by the above-described methods. Alternatively, they may be oligomers formed by self-condensation of hydroxymethyl groups of these compounds. Crosslinking agents using melamine as the amino-containing compound are referred to as melamine-based crosslinking agents; crosslinking agents using glycoluril, urea, or alkylene urea are referred to as urea-based crosslinking agents; crosslinking agents using alkylene urea are referred to as alkylene urea-based crosslinking agents; and crosslinking agents using benzoguanamine are referred to as benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agents. Among these, the resin composition of the present invention preferably comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents, and more preferably comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the glycoluril-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents described below.
作為含有本發明中之烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個之化合物,能夠舉出烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香族基或下述脲結構的氮原子上或三𠯤上取代之化合物作為結構例。 上述化合物所具有之烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基為碳數2~5為較佳,碳數2或3為較佳,碳數2為更佳。 上述化合物所具有之烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基的總數為1~10為較佳,更佳為2~8,特佳為3~6。 上述化合物的分子量較佳為1500以下,180~1200為較佳。 Examples of compounds containing at least one of the alkoxymethyl and acyloxymethyl groups of the present invention include compounds in which the alkoxymethyl or acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic group or a nitrogen atom or trioxide in a urea structure described below. The alkoxymethyl or acyloxymethyl group in these compounds preferably has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 carbon atoms. The total number of alkoxymethyl and acyloxymethyl groups in these compounds is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and particularly preferably 3 to 6. The molecular weight of these compounds is preferably 1500 or less, preferably 180 to 1200.
[化學式36] [Chemical formula 36]
R 100表示烷基或醯基。 R 101及R 102分別獨立地表示1價的有機基,並且可以相互鍵結而形成環。 R 100 represents an alkyl group or an acyl group. R 101 and R 102 each independently represent a monovalent organic group and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
作為烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香族基上取代之化合物,例如能夠舉出下述通式的各種化合物。Examples of compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic group include compounds of the following general formula.
[化學式37] [Chemical formula 37]
式中,X表示單鍵或2價的有機基,每個R 104分別獨立地表示烷基或醯基,R 103表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基或藉由酸的作用進行分解而產生鹼可溶性基之基團(例如,藉由酸的作用進行脫離之基團、由-C(R 4) 2COOR 5表示之基團(R 4分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基,R 5表示藉由酸的作用進行脫離之基團。))。 R 105分別獨立地表示烷基或烯基,a、b及c分別獨立地為1~3,d為0~4,e為0~3,f為0~3,a+d為5以下,b+e為4以下,c+f為4以下。 關於藉由酸的作用進行分解而產生鹼可溶性基之基團、藉由酸的作用進行脫離之基團、由-C(R 4) 2COOR 5表示之基團中之R 5,例如能夠舉出-C(R 36)(R 37)(R 38)、-C(R 36)(R 37)(OR 39)、-C(R 01)(R 02)(OR 39)等。 式中,R 36~R 39分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。R 36與R 37可以相互鍵結而形成環。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷基為更佳。 上述烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀中的任一個。 作為上述環烷基,碳數3~12的環烷基為較佳,碳數3~8的環烷基為更佳。 上述環烷基可以為單環結構,亦可以為縮合環等多環結構。 上述芳基為碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基為更佳。 作為上述芳烷基,碳數7~20的芳烷基為較佳,碳數7~16的芳烷基為更佳。 上述芳烷基係指經烷基取代之芳基,該等烷基及芳基的較佳態樣與上述烷基及芳基的較佳態樣相同。 上述烯基為碳數3~20的烯基為較佳,碳數3~16的烯基為更佳。 又,該等基團在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內還可以具有公知的取代基。 In the formula, X represents a single bond or a divalent organic group, each R 104 independently represents an alkyl group or an acyl group, R 103 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a group that decomposes to form an alkali-soluble group by the action of an acid (for example, a group that is liberated by the action of an acid, a group represented by -C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 (R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 5 represents a group that is liberated by the action of an acid). R 105 independently represents an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, a, b, and c independently represent 1 to 3, d is 0 to 4, e is 0 to 3, and f is 0 to 3. a + d is 5 or less, b + e is 4 or less, and c + f is 4 or less. Examples of R 5 in the group represented by -C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 include -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(R 38 ), -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 39 ), and -C(R 01 )(R 02 )(OR 39 ). In the formula, R 36 to R 39 independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to form a ring. Preferred alkyl groups include those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and those having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The above-mentioned alkyl group may be either linear or branched. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred. The above-mentioned cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure such as a condensed ring. The above-mentioned aryl group is preferably an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a phenyl group is more preferred. As the above-mentioned aralkyl group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferred. The above-mentioned aralkyl group refers to an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group, and the preferred aspects of the alkyl and aryl groups are the same as the preferred aspects of the above-mentioned alkyl and aryl groups. The above-mentioned alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 3 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferred. Furthermore, these groups may have known substituents as long as the effects of the present invention can be achieved.
R 01及R 02分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。 R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
作為藉由酸的作用分解產生鹼可溶性基之基團或藉由酸的作用脫離之基團,較佳為三級烷基酯基、縮醛基、枯基酯基、烯醇酯基等。進一步較佳為三級烷基酯基、縮醛基。Preferred groups that decompose to generate alkaline-soluble groups by the action of an acid or that are released by the action of an acid include tertiary alkyl ester groups, acetal groups, cumyl ester groups, and enol ester groups. More preferred are tertiary alkyl ester groups and acetal groups.
作為具有烷氧基甲基之化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出以下結構。關於具有醯氧基甲基之化合物,能夠舉出將下述化合物的烷氧基甲基變更為醯氧基甲基之化合物。作為在分子內具有烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物,能夠舉出以下各種化合物,但是並不限定於該等。Specific examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group include the following structures. Examples of compounds having an acyloxymethyl group include compounds obtained by replacing the alkoxymethyl group in the following compounds with an acyloxymethyl group. Examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group in the molecule include the following compounds, but are not limited to these.
[化學式38] [Chemical formula 38]
[化學式39] [Chemical formula 39]
關於含有烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個之化合物,可以使用市售者,亦可以使用藉由公知的方法合成者。 從耐熱性的觀點考慮,烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香環或三𠯤環上取代之化合物為較佳。 Compounds containing at least one of an alkoxymethyl group and an acyloxymethyl group can be commercially available or synthesized by known methods. From the perspective of heat resistance, compounds in which the alkoxymethyl group or acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic ring or a tricyclic ring are preferred.
作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of melamine-based crosslinking agents include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, and hexabutoxybutylmelamine.
作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如可舉出單羥甲基化甘脲、二羥甲基化甘脲、三羥甲基化甘脲、四羥甲基化甘脲、單甲氧基甲基化甘脲,二甲氧基甲基化甘脲、三甲氧基甲基化甘脲、四甲氧基甲基化甘脲、單乙氧基甲基化甘脲、二乙氧基甲基化甘脲、三乙氧基甲基化甘脲、四乙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丙氧基甲基化甘脲、二丙氧基甲基化甘脲、三丙氧基甲基化甘脲、四丙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丁氧基甲基化甘脲、二丁氧基甲基化甘脲、三丁氧基甲基化甘脲或四丁氧基甲基化甘脲等甘脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等的脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化伸乙脲或二羥甲基化伸乙脲、單甲氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二甲氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單乙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二乙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單丙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二丙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單丁氧基甲基化伸乙脲或二丁氧基甲基化伸乙脲等伸乙脲系交聯劑; 單羥甲基化伸丙脲、二羥甲基化伸丙脲、單甲氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二甲氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單乙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二乙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單丙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二丙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單丁氧基甲基化伸丙脲或二丁氧基甲基化伸丙脲等伸丙脲系交聯劑; 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。 Specific examples of urea-based crosslinking agents include glycoluril-based crosslinking agents such as monohydroxymethylated glycoluril, dihydroxymethylated glycoluril, trihydroxymethylated glycoluril, tetrahydroxymethylated glycoluril, monomethoxymethylated glycoluril, dimethoxymethylated glycoluril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetramethoxymethylated glycoluril, monoethoxymethylated glycoluril, diethoxymethylated glycoluril, triethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetraethoxymethylated glycoluril, monopropoxymethylated glycoluril, dipropoxymethylated glycoluril, tripropoxymethylated glycoluril, tetrapropoxymethylated glycoluril, monobutoxymethylated glycoluril, dibutoxymethylated glycoluril, tributoxymethylated glycoluril, or tetrabutoxymethylated glycoluril; urea-based crosslinking agents such as dimethoxymethylurea, diethoxymethylurea, dipropoxymethylurea, and dibutoxymethylurea; Ethyl urea-based crosslinking agents such as monohydroxymethylated ethyl urea, dihydroxymethylated ethyl urea, monomethoxymethylated ethyl urea, dimethoxymethylated ethyl urea, monoethoxymethylated ethyl urea, diethoxymethylated ethyl urea, monopropoxymethylated ethyl urea, dipropoxymethylated ethyl urea, monobutoxymethylated ethyl urea, or dibutoxymethylated ethyl urea; Propylene urea-based crosslinking agents such as monohydroxymethylated propyl urea, dihydroxymethylated propyl urea, monomethoxymethylated propyl urea, dimethoxymethylated propyl urea, monoethoxymethylated propyl urea, diethoxymethylated propyl urea, monopropoxymethylated propyl urea, dipropoxymethylated propyl urea, monobutoxymethylated propyl urea, or dibutoxymethylated propyl urea; 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidinone, etc.
作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如可舉出單羥甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。Specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monoethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, diethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, triethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine.
除此以外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團之化合物,亦可較佳地使用在芳香環(較佳為苯環)上直接鍵結有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團之化合物。 作為該種化合物的具體例,可舉出苯二甲醇、雙(羥甲基)甲酚、雙(羥甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥甲基)二苯甲酮、羥甲基苯甲酸羥甲基苯酯、雙(羥甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯酯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2‐羥基‐1,3‐苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。 In addition, as the compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxymethyl group and an alkoxymethyl group, a compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxymethyl group and an alkoxymethyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring) can also be preferably used. Specific examples of such compounds include benzyl alcohol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl Ketone, methoxymethylphenyl methoxymethyl benzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4',4''-ethylenetris[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3',5,5'-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol, etc.
作為其他交聯劑,亦可以使用市售品,作為較佳的市售品,可舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上為ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製造)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、NIKARAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKARAC MX-280、NIKARAC MX-270、NIKARAC MX-279、NIKARAC MW-100LM、NIKARAC MX-750LM(以上為Sanwa Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As other crosslinking agents, commercially available products may be used. Preferred commercially available products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, and DMOM -PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKARAC (registered trademark, hereinafter the same) MX-290, NIKARAC MX-280, NIKARAC MX-270, NIKARAC MX-279, NIKARAC MW-100LM, NIKARAC MX-750LM (all manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.
又,本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物作為其他交聯劑亦較佳。Furthermore, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, cyclobutane compounds, and benzophenone compounds as another crosslinking agent.
-環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)- 作為環氧化合物,在一分子中具有兩個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應,並且不會產生由交聯引起之脫水反應,因此不易引起膜收縮。因此,含有環氧化合物對抑制本發明的樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲係有效的。 -Epoxy Compounds (Compounds Containing Epoxy Groups)- Epoxy compounds preferably have two or more epoxy groups per molecule. Epoxy groups undergo crosslinking reactions below 200°C and do not undergo dehydration reactions associated with crosslinking, thus minimizing film shrinkage. Therefore, the inclusion of epoxy compounds is effective in suppressing low-temperature curing and warping of the resin composition of the present invention.
環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步下降,並且能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. This further reduces the elastic modulus and suppresses warping. The polyethylene oxide group refers to a group containing 2 or more repeating units of ethylene oxide, preferably 2 to 15 repeating units.
作為環氧化合物的例子,能夠舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丁二醇二縮水甘油醚、六亞甲基二醇二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(縮水甘油氧基丙基)矽氧烷等環氧環氧基之矽酮等,但是並不限定於該等。具體而言,可舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740(以上為產品名,DIC CORPORATION製造)、Rika Resin(註冊商標)BEO-20E、Rika Resin(註冊商標)BEO-60E、Rika Resin(註冊商標)HBE-100、Rika Resin(註冊商標)DME-100、Rika Resin(註冊商標)L-200(產品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上為產品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2021P、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2081、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)GT401、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB4700、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB3600(以上為產品名,Daicel Corporation製造)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上為產品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。又,亦可較佳地使用以下化合物。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A epoxy resins; bisphenol F epoxy resins; alkylene glycol epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbon epoxy resins such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexamethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and trihydroxymethylpropane triglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol epoxy resins such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; and epoxy epoxy silicones such as polymethyl (glycidyloxypropyl) siloxane. However, the present invention is not limited to these. Specifically, EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICL ON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740 (the above are product names, DIC CORPORATION), Rika Resin (Registered Trademark) BEO-20E, Rika Resin (Registered Trademark) BEO-60E, Rika Resin (Registered Trademark) HBE-100, Rika Resin (Registered Trademark) DME-100, Rika Resin (Registered Trademark) L-200 (product names, New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (the above are product names, ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE (Registered Trademark) 2021P, CELLOXIDE (Registered Trademark) 2081, CELLOXIDE (Registered Trademark) 2000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD (Registered Trademark) GT401, EPOLEAD (Registered Trademark) PB4700, EPOLEAD (Registered Trademark) PB3600 (the above are product names, Daicel Corporation), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (all product names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.). The following compounds can also be preferably used.
[化學式40] [Chemical formula 40]
式中,n為1~5的整數、m為1~20的整數。Wherein, n is an integer from 1 to 5, and m is an integer from 1 to 20.
在上述結構之中,從兼顧耐熱性和伸長率的提高之觀點考慮,n為1~2、m為3~7為較佳。In the above structure, from the perspective of achieving both heat resistance and elongation, n is preferably 1 to 2 and m is preferably 3 to 7.
-氧雜環丁烷化合物(具有氧雜環丁基之化合物)- 作為氧雜環丁烷化合物,能夠舉出在一分子中具有兩個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥甲氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體的例子,能夠較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製的ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221),該等可以單獨使用或混合使用2種以上。 -Oxycyclobutane compounds (compounds containing an oxocyclobutyl group)- Examples of oxocyclobutane compounds include compounds containing two or more oxocyclobutane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethoxycyclobutane, 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxocyclobutyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxocyclobutane, and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxocyclobutyl)methyl]ester. As a specific example, the ARON OXETANE series (e.g., OXT-121, OXT-221) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be preferably used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
-苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁唑基之化合物)- 由於由開環加成反應引起之交聯反應,苯并㗁𠯤化合物在硬化時不產生脫氣,從而進一步減少熱收縮以抑制產生翹曲,因此為較佳。 -Benzotriazole compounds (compounds containing benzoxazolyl groups)- Because of the cross-linking reaction caused by the ring-opening addition reaction, benzotriazole compounds do not produce outgassing during curing, further reducing thermal shrinkage and suppressing warping, making them preferred.
作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳例,可舉出P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤、(以上為產品名,Shikoku Chemicals Corporation製造)、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用或者混合使用2種以上。Preferred examples of benzophenone compounds include P-d-type benzophenone, F-a-type benzophenone (product names, manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation), benzophenone adducts of polyhydroxystyrene resins, and novolac-type dihydrobenzophenone compounds. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
其他交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。其他交聯劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的其他交聯劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the other crosslinking agent is preferably 0.1-30 mass %, more preferably 0.1-20 mass %, even more preferably 0.5-15 mass %, and particularly preferably 1.0-10 mass %, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition of the present invention. The other crosslinking agent may be present in a single species or in two or more species. When two or more other crosslinking agents are present, their total content is preferably within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含用於提高與電極或配線等中所使用之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可舉出具有烷氧基甲矽烷基之矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。 <Metal Adhesion Improver> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes and wiring. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents containing alkoxysilyl groups, aluminum-based adhesion promoters, titanium-based adhesion promoters, compounds containing sulfonamide structures, compounds containing thiourea, phosphoric acid derivatives, β-ketoester compounds, and amino compounds.
〔矽烷偶合劑〕 作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2018-173573的0067~0078段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載,使用不同的2種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。 [Silane coupling agent] Examples of silane coupling agents include the compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-191002, the compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication No. 2011/080992, and the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-191252. The compounds described in paragraphs 0060-0061 of JP-A-2014-041264, the compounds described in paragraphs 0045-0052 of JP-A-2014-097594, the compounds described in paragraphs 0055 of JP-A-2014/097594, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0067-0078 of JP-A-2018-173573 are incorporated into this specification. Furthermore, as described in paragraphs 0050-0058 of JP-A-2011-128358, it is also preferred to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Furthermore, the following compounds are also preferred as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Me represents a methyl group and Et represents an ethyl group.
[化學式41] [Chemical formula 41]
作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, p-phenylenediaminetrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyl Trimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethylbutylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-butylenepropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如能夠舉出鋁三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙醇鋁等。 [Aluminum-based bonding agents] Examples of aluminum-based bonding agents include aluminum tris(ethyl acetate)aluminum, aluminum tris(acetylacetone), and aluminum diisopropyl acetate.
又,作為其他金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中所記載之硫化物系化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Furthermore, as other metal adhesion improvers, the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-186186 and the sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-072935 can also be used, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.01~30質量份,更佳為在0.1~10質量份的範圍內,進一步較佳為在0.5~5質量份的範圍內。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變得良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變得良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在使用2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By setting the content above the lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer is improved. By setting the content below the upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern are improved. The metal adhesion improver may be a single type or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, their total content is preferably within the above range.
<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物還包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制來自於金屬層(金屬配線)的金屬離子轉移至膜內。 <Migration Inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably further comprises a migration inhibitor. The inclusion of a migration inhibitor effectively inhibits the migration of metal ions from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the film.
作為遷移抑制劑,並無特別限制,可舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑、5-胺基-1H-四唑等四唑系化合物。Migration inhibitors are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxadiazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring, 6H-pyran ring, trioxadiazole ring), compounds having thiourea and thiohydrin groups, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, and 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole; and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole can be preferably used.
或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that captures anions such as halogen ions can be used.
作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中所記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114段、0116段及0118段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中所記載之化合物等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Other migration inhibitors that can be used include the rust preventive described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-015701, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-283711, the compound described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-059656, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116, and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-194520, and the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219. These contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,能夠舉出下述化合物。Specific examples of migration inhibitors include the following compounds.
[化學式42] [Chemical formula 42]
在本發明的樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑之情況下,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
遷移抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在遷移抑制劑為2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The number of migration inhibitors may be one or more. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出酚系化合物、醌系化合物、胺基系化合物、N-氧基自由基化合物系化合物、硝基系化合物、亞硝基系化合物、雜芳香環系化合物、金屬化合物等。 <Polymerization Inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include phenolic compounds, quinone compounds, amino compounds, N-oxyl radical compounds, nitro compounds, nitroso compounds, heteroaromatic ring compounds, and metal compounds.
作為聚合抑制劑的具體的化合物,例如較佳地使用對氫醌、鄰氫醌、鄰甲氧基酚、對甲氧基酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對-三級丁基鄰苯二酚、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺第一鈰鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、伸乙基二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺基丙基胺)酚、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-三級丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-三級丁基-3-羥基)-2,6-二甲基芐基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基、吩噻𠯤、啡㗁𠯤、1,1-二苯基-2-吡咯肼、二丁基二硫代碳酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中所記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。As specific compounds of the polymerization inhibitor, for example, p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallol, p-tert-butyl-o-catechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol) butylphenol), N-nitrosophenyl hydroxylamine first balsam salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2- Nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl)phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy)-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4,6-dihydro-1H,3H-1H)- ... ,5H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl free radical, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl free radical, phenothiazolium, phenanthiophene, 1,1-diphenyl-2-pyrrolohydrazide, dibutylcopper(II)dithiocarbonate, nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, etc. Furthermore, the polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of WO-2015/125469 can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
在本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑之情況下,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳0.02~15質量%為更佳,0.05~10質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.02 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
聚合抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在聚合抑制劑為2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The number of polymerization inhibitors may be one or more. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<酸捕捉劑> 為了減少因從曝光至加熱為止的經時而引起之性能變化,本發明的樹脂組成物含有酸捕捉劑為較佳。其中,酸捕捉劑係指藉由存在於系統中而能夠捕捉產生酸之化合物,酸度低且pKa高的化合物為較佳。作為酸捕捉劑,具有胺基之化合物為較佳,一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽、三級醯胺等為較佳,一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽為較佳,二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽為更佳。 作為酸捕捉劑,能夠較佳地舉出具有咪唑結構、二氮雜雙環結構、鎓結構、三烷基胺結構、苯胺結構或吡啶結構之化合物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物等。在具有鎓結構之情況下,酸捕捉劑為具有選自銨、重氮、錪、鋶、鏻、吡啶鎓等中之陽離子和酸度比由酸產生劑所產生之酸更低的酸的陰離子之鹽為較佳。 <Acid Scavenger> To minimize performance changes over time from exposure to heating, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid scavenger. Acid scavengers are compounds that, by their presence in the system, can capture generated acids. Compounds with low acidity and high pKa are preferred. Preferred acid scavengers include compounds containing amine groups, with primary amines, diamines, tertiary amines, ammonium salts, and tertiary amides being preferred. Primary amines, diamines, tertiary amines, and ammonium salts are preferred, with diamines, tertiary amines, and ammonium salts being even more preferred. Preferred examples of acid scavengers include compounds having an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclic structure, an onium structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure, or a pyridine structure, alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond, and aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond. In the case of an onium structure, the acid scavenger is preferably a salt having a cation selected from ammonium, diazo, iodonium, coronium, phosphonium, pyridinium, and the like, and an anion of an acid having a lower acidity than the acid generated by the acid generator.
作為具有咪唑結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出咪唑、2,4,5-三苯基咪唑、苯并咪唑、2-苯基苯并咪唑等。作為具有二氮雜雙環結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出1,4-二氮雜雙環[2,2,2]辛烷、1,5-二氮雜雙環[4,3,0]壬-5-烯、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]十一碳-7-烯等。作為具有鎓結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化三芳基鋶、氫氧化苯甲醯甲基鋶、具有2-氧代烷基之鋶氫氧化物、具體而言氫氧化三苯基鋶、氫氧化三(三級丁基苯基)鋶、氫氧化雙(三級丁基苯基)錪、氫氧化苯甲醯甲基噻吩鎓、氫氧化2-氧代丙基噻吩鎓等。作為具有三烷基胺結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出三(正丁基)胺、三(正辛基)胺等。作為具有苯胺結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出2,6-二異丙基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二丁基苯胺、N,N-二己基苯胺等。作為具有吡啶結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出吡啶、4-甲基吡啶等。作為具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物,能夠舉出乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、三(甲氧基乙氧基乙基)胺等。作為具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物,能夠舉出N,N-雙(羥乙基)苯胺等。Examples of acid scavengers having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, and 2-phenylbenzimidazole. Examples of acid scavengers having a diazabicyclo structure include 1,4-diazabicyclo[2,2,2]octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0]non-5-ene, and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene. Examples of acid scavengers with an onium structure include tetrabutylammonium oxide, triarylcorbium hydroxide, benzylmethylcorbium hydroxide, and 2-oxoalkyl-containing corbium hydroxides, specifically triphenylcorbium hydroxide, tri(tertiarybutylphenyl)corbium hydroxide, bis(tertiarybutylphenyl)iodonium hydroxide, benzylmethylthiophenium hydroxide, and 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide. Examples of acid scavengers with a trialkylamine structure include tri(n-butyl)amine and tri(n-octyl)amine. Examples of acid scavengers with an aniline structure include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-dibutylaniline, and N,N-dihexylaniline. Examples of acid scavengers with a pyridine structure include pyridine and 4-methylpyridine. Examples of alkylamine derivatives with hydroxyl and/or ether bonds include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, and tris(methoxyethoxyethyl)amine. Examples of aniline derivatives with hydroxyl and/or ether bonds include N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)aniline.
作為較佳的酸捕捉劑的具體例,可舉出乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、乙基胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、己胺、十二胺、環己胺、環己基甲基胺、環己基二甲基胺、苯胺、N-甲基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、二苯基胺、吡啶、丁胺、異丁胺、二丁胺、三丁胺、二環己胺、DBU(二氮雜雙環十一碳)、DABCO(1,4-二氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷)、N,N-二異丙基乙基胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、乙二胺、1,5-二胺基戊烷、N-甲基己胺、N-甲基二環己胺、三辛基胺、N-乙基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N,N’,N’-四丁基-1,6-己烷二胺、精三胺、二胺基環己烷、雙(2-甲氧基乙基)胺、哌啶、甲基哌啶、哌𠯤、托烷、N-苯基苄胺、1,2-二苯胺基乙烷(dianilinoethane)、2-胺基乙醇、甲苯胺、胺基酚、己基苯胺、伸苯基二胺、苯基乙基胺、二苄胺、吡咯、N-甲基吡咯、胍、胺基吡咯啶、吡唑、吡唑啉、胺基嗎啉、胺基烷基口末啉等。Specific examples of preferred acid scavengers include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, hexylamine, dodecylamine, cyclohexylamine, cyclohexylmethylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, aniline, N-methylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine, pyridine, butylamine, isobutylamine, dibutylamine, tributylamine, dicyclohexylamine, DBU (diazobiscycloundecane), DABCO (1,4-diazobiscyclo[2.2.2]octane), N,N-diisopropylethylamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, ethylenediamine, 1,5-diaminopentane, N-methylhexylamine, N- Methyldicyclohexylamine, trioctylamine, N-ethylethylenediamine, N,N-diethylethylenediamine, N,N,N’,N’-tetrabutyl-1,6-hexanediamine, triamine, diaminocyclohexane, bis(2-methoxyethyl)amine, piperidine, methylpiperidine, piperidine, tropane, N-phenylbenzylamine, 1,2-dianilinoethane, 2-aminoethanol, toluidine, aminophenol, hexylaniline, phenylenediamine, phenylethylamine, dibenzylamine, pyrrole, N-methylpyrrole, guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, aminopyrrolidine, aminoalkylpyrrolidine, etc.
該等酸捕捉劑可以單獨使用1種,可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明之組成物可以含有酸捕捉劑,亦可以不含有酸捕捉劑,但是在含有之情況下,酸捕捉劑的含量以組成物的總固體成分為基準,通常為0.001~10質量%,較佳為0.01~5質量%。 These acid scavengers may be used singly or in combination. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an acid scavenger. However, if present, the acid scavenger content is generally 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the total solids content of the composition.
酸產生劑與酸捕捉劑的使用比例為酸產生劑/酸捕捉劑(莫耳比)=2.5~300為較佳。亦即,從靈敏度、解析度的觀點考慮,莫耳比為2.5以上為較佳,從抑制由浮雕圖案隨著曝光後至加熱處理為止的經時變厚而引起之解析度的降低的觀點考慮,300以下為較佳。酸產生劑/酸捕捉劑(莫耳比)更佳為5.0~200,進一步較佳為7.0~150。The preferred ratio of acid generator to acid scavenger is 2.5 to 300 (molar ratio). Specifically, from the perspective of sensitivity and resolution, a molar ratio of 2.5 or greater is preferred, while from the perspective of suppressing the reduction in resolution caused by the thickening of the relief pattern over time after exposure and heat treatment, a molar ratio of 300 or less is preferred. The molar ratio of acid generator to acid scavenger is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and even more preferably 7.0 to 150.
<其他添加劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內依據需要能夠配合各種的添加物、例如界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、熱聚合起始劑、無機粒子、紫外線吸收劑、有機鈦化合物、抗氧化劑、抗凝聚劑、酚系化合物、其他高分子化合物、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,消泡劑、阻燃劑等)等。藉由適當含有該等成分,能夠調整膜物理性質等性質。關於該等成分,例如能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的0183段以後(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的0237段)的記載及日本特開2008-250074號公報的0101~0104段、0107~0109段等的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。在配合該等添加劑之情況下,將其合計配合量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。 <Other Additives> The resin composition of the present invention may be blended with various additives as needed, within the scope of achieving the effects of the present invention, such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, UV absorbers, organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, anti-agglomeration agents, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers, and other additives (e.g., defoaming agents, flame retardants, etc.). By appropriately incorporating these ingredients, the physical properties of the film can be adjusted. For information on these ingredients, see, for example, paragraphs 0183 et seq. of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-003225 (paragraph 0237 of the corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812) and paragraphs 0101-0104 and 0107-0109 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-250074, which are incorporated herein. When these additives are added, their total amount is preferably set to no more than 3% by mass of the solids content of the resin composition of the present invention.
〔界面活性劑〕 作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑、烴系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑可以為非離子型界面活性劑,亦可以為陽離子型界面活性劑,亦可以為陰離子型界面活性劑。 [Surfactants] Surfactants can be used in a variety of ways, including fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and hydrocarbon-based surfactants. Surfactants can be nonionic, cationic, or anionic.
藉由在本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中含有界面活性劑,進一步提高作為塗佈液進行製備時的液體特性(尤其,流動性),從而能夠進一步改善塗佈厚的均勻性或省液性。亦即,在使用適用了含有界面活性劑之組成物之塗佈液而形成膜之情況下,被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力降低而改善對被塗佈面的潤濕性,從而提高對被塗佈面的塗佈性。因此,能夠更佳地進行厚度不均勻的小的均勻厚度的膜形成。By including a surfactant in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the liquid properties (particularly, fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further enhanced, thereby further improving coating thickness uniformity and liquid conservation. Specifically, when a film is formed using a coating liquid containing a composition containing a surfactant, the interfacial tension between the coating surface and the coating liquid is reduced, improving wettability to the coating surface and enhancing coating properties. Consequently, a uniform film with minimal thickness variations can be formed.
作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可舉出MEGAFACE F171、MEGAFACE F172、MEGAFACE F173、MEGAFACE F176、MEGAFACE F177、MEGAFACE F141、MEGAFACE F142、MEGAFACE F143、MEGAFACE F144、MEGAFACE R30、MEGAFACE F437、MEGAFACE F475、MEGAFACE F479、MEGAFACE F482、MEGAFACE F554、MEGAFACE F780、RS-72-K(以上為DIC CORPORATION製造)、弗洛德FC430、弗洛德FC431、弗洛德FC171、Novell FC4430、Novell FC4432(以上為3M Japan Limited製造)、Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC-1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S-393、Surflon KH-40(以上為ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製造)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)等。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的0015~0158段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-132503號公報的0117~0132段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物作為氟系界面活性劑,作為具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2011-89090號公報中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元和來自於具有兩個以上(較佳為5個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為乙烯氧基、丙烯氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元,亦可例示下述化合物作為本發明中所使用之氟系界面活性劑。 [化學式43] Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F171, MEGAFACE F172, MEGAFACE F173, MEGAFACE F176, MEGAFACE F177, MEGAFACE F141, MEGAFACE F142, MEGAFACE F143, MEGAFACE F144, MEGAFACE R30, MEGAFACE F437, MEGAFACE F475, MEGAFACE F479, MEGAFACE F482, MEGAFACE F554, MEGAFACE F780, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation), Floyd FC430, Floyd FC431, Floyd FC171, Novell FC4430, Novell FC4432 (all manufactured by 3M Japan Limited), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC-1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S-393, Surflon KH-40 (all manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), etc. Fluorine-based surfactants can also be used, including compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 and in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-2011-132503, and these contents are incorporated into this specification. Block polymers can also be used as fluorine-based surfactants. Specific examples include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-89090, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Fluorine-based surfactants can also preferably be fluorine-containing polymers comprising repeating units derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having fluorine atoms and repeating units derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two or more (preferably five or more) alkoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy or propyleneoxy). The following compounds can also be exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention. [Chemical Formula 43]
上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~50,000,5,000~30,000為更佳。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠將在側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為市售品,例如可舉出DIC CORPORATION製的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。 The weight-average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000. Fluoropolymers having ethylenically unsaturated groups on their side chains can also be used as fluorine-based surfactants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-164965, which are incorporated herein. Commercially available products include MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation.
氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面而言,氟含有率在該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑係有效的,在組成物中之溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass. Fluorine-based surfactants with a fluorine content within this range are effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid conservation, and also have good solubility in the composition.
作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為BYK-ChemieGmbH製造)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP-341、KF6001、KF6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製造)等。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, and Toray Silicone SH8400 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF6001, and KF6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and BYK307, BYK323, and BYK330 (all manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH).
作為烴系界面活性劑,例如可舉出PIONIN A-76、Newkalgen FS-3PG、PIONIN B-709、PIONIN B-811-N、PIONIN D-1004、PIONIN D-3104、PIONIN D-3605、PIONIN D-6112、PIONIN D-2104-D、PIONIN D-212、PIONIN D-931、PIONIN D-941、PIONIN D-951、PIONIN E-5310、PIONIN P-1050-B、PIONIN P-1028-P、PIONIN P-4050-T等(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL&FAT CO.,LTD.製造)等。Examples of hydrocarbon surfactants include PIONIN A-76, Newkalgen FS-3PG, PIONIN B-709, PIONIN B-811-N, PIONIN D-1004, PIONIN D-3104, PIONIN D-3605, PIONIN D-6112, PIONIN D-2104-D, PIONIN D-212, PIONIN D-931, PIONIN D-941, PIONIN D-951, PIONIN E-5310, PIONIN P-1050-B, PIONIN P-1028-P, and PIONIN P-4050-T (all manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.).
作為非離子型界面活性劑,可例示甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯等。作為市售品,可舉出Pluronic(註冊商標)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製造)、Solsperse 20000(Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製造)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical co.,ltd.製造)等。Examples of non-ionic surfactants include glycerin, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid esters. Commercially available products include Pluronic (registered trademark) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, and 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, and 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, and NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112-W, and D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), OLFIN E1010, and Surfynol 104, 400, and 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.).
作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物Polyflow No.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造)、W001(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Specific examples of cationic surfactants include organosiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymers Polyflow No. 75, No. 77, No. 90, and No. 95 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), and W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.).
作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製造)、SANDET BL(SANYO KASEI Co.Ltd.製造)等。Specific examples of anionic surfactants include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and SANDET BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.).
界面活性劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 界面活性劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,0.005~1.0質量%為更佳。 A single surfactant may be used, or two or more surfactants may be used in combination. The surfactant content is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition.
〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止因氧引起的聚合阻礙,可以在本發明的樹脂組成物中添加如二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺的高級脂肪酸衍生物,從而使其在塗佈後的乾燥過程中不均勻地存在於本發明的樹脂組成物的表面上。 [Higher Fatty Acid Derivatives] To prevent polymerization hindrance caused by oxygen, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenamide may be added to the resin composition of the present invention so that it is unevenly distributed on the surface of the resin composition during the drying process after coating.
又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Furthermore, higher fatty acid derivatives may also include compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
在本發明的樹脂組成物具有高級脂肪酸衍生物之情況下,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在高級脂肪酸衍生物為2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains higher fatty acid derivatives, the content of the higher fatty acid derivatives is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solids content of the resin composition of the present invention. The higher fatty acid derivative may be a single type or two or more types. When two or more types are present, the total content of the higher fatty acid derivatives is preferably within the above range.
〔熱聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑為藉由熱的能量而產生自由基並起始或促進具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使樹脂及聚合性化合物進行聚合反應,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。又,上述之光聚合起始劑亦具有藉由熱量引發聚合之功能之情況,並且具有能夠作為熱聚合起始劑而添加之情況。 [Thermal Polymerization Initiator] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, particularly a thermal free radical polymerization initiator. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals using thermal energy, thereby initiating or accelerating the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. The addition of a thermal free radical polymerization initiator can also cause the resin and the polymerizable compound to undergo polymerization, thereby further improving solvent resistance. Furthermore, the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator may also function to initiate polymerization using heat and may be added as a thermal polymerization initiator.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of thermal radical polymerization initiators include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-063554, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
在包含熱聚合起始劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的熱聚合起始劑之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass%, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%, and even more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass%, relative to the total solids content of the resin composition of the present invention. The thermal polymerization initiator may be present in a single species or in two or more species. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are present, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔無機粒子〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含無機粒子。作為無機粒子,具體而言,能夠包含碳酸鈣、磷酸鈣、二氧化矽、高嶺土、滑石、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鋰、沸石、硫化鉬、玻璃等。 [Inorganic Particles] The resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles. Specifically, the inorganic particles may include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silica, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, and the like.
作為上述無機粒子的平均粒徑,0.01~2.0μm為較佳,0.02~1.5μm為更佳,0.03~1.0μm為進一步較佳,0.04~0.5μm為特佳。 無機粒子的上述平均粒徑為一次粒徑,並且為體積平均粒徑。關於體積平均粒徑,能夠藉由基於Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150(Nikkiso Co., Ltd.製造)之動態光散射法進行測定。 在難以進行上述測定之情況下,亦能夠藉由離心沉降透光法、X射線透過法、雷射繞射/散射法進行測定。 The average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, even more preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and particularly preferably 0.04 to 0.5 μm. The average particle size of the inorganic particles is the primary particle size and is the volume average particle size. The volume average particle size can be measured using the dynamic light scattering method using a Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). If this measurement is difficult, centrifugal sedimentation transmission light, X-ray transmission light, or laser diffraction/scattering methods can also be used.
〔紫外線吸收劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三𠯤系等紫外線吸收劑。 作為水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、水楊酸對三級丁基苯酯等,作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮等。又,作為苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級戊基-5’-異丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-丙基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2’-羥基-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基)苯基]苯并三唑等。 [Ultraviolet Absorber] The composition of the present invention may contain a UV absorber. Examples of UV absorbers include salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and tris(III)-based UV absorbers. Examples of salicylate-based UV absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate. Examples of benzophenone-based UV absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone. Examples of benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole. 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-propylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2'-hydroxy-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl)phenyl]benzotriazole, etc.
作為取代丙烯腈系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。進而,作為三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十三烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等單(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(4-甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-己氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等雙(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(2-羥基-4-辛氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三[2-羥基-4-(3-丁氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等三(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物等。Examples of substituted acrylonitrile-based UV absorbers include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate and 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate. Furthermore, examples of trisinium-based UV absorbers include 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium. -bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and other mono(hydroxyphenyl) trisinium compounds; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, Bis(hydroxyphenyl)trisium compounds such as 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisium and 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisium; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4- Tris(hydroxyphenyl) tris(hydroxyphenyl) compounds such as 2-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl)-2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl)-2,4,6-tris[2-hydroxy-4-(3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]-1,3,5-tris(hydroxy ...
在本發明中,上述各種紫外線吸收劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可以不包含紫外線吸收劑,但是在包含之情況下,紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.001質量%以上且1質量%以下為較佳,0.01質量%以上且0.1質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, each of the aforementioned UV absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain a UV absorber. However, if included, the content of the UV absorber is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.1% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition of the present invention.
〔有機鈦化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物可以含有有機鈦化合物。由於樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,因此即使在低溫下進行硬化之情況下亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異之樹脂層。 [Organic Titanium Compound] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. Because the resin composition contains an organic titanium compound, it can form a resin layer with excellent chemical resistance even when curing at low temperatures.
作為能夠使用的有機鈦化合物,可舉出有機基經由共價鍵或離子鍵與鈦原子鍵結者。 將有機鈦化合物的具體例示於以下I)~VII)中: I)鈦螯合化合物:其中,樹脂組成物的保存穩定性優異,並且可以獲得良好的硬化圖案,從而具有兩個以上的烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體的例子為二異丙醇雙(三乙醇胺)鈦、二(正丁醇)雙(2,4-戊二酮)鈦、二異丙醇雙(2,4-戊二酮)鈦、二異丙醇雙(四甲基庚二酮)鈦、二異丙醇雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁醇)鈦、四乙醇鈦、四(2-乙基己醇)鈦、四異丁醇鈦、四異丙醇鈦、四甲醇鈦、四甲氧基丙醇鈦、四甲基苯氧化鈦、四(正壬醇)鈦、四(正丙醇)鈦、四硬脂醇鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丁醇}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯基三甲醇鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(二辛基磷酸酯)異丙醇鈦、三(十二烷苯基磺酸酯)異丙醇鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為氧化鈦雙(戊二酮)、氧化鈦雙(四甲基庚二酮)、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三十二烷基苯磺醯鈦酸鹽等。 Examples of usable organic titanium compounds include those in which an organic group is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond. Specific examples of these organic titanium compounds are listed below in I) to VII): I) Titanium chelate compounds: Titanium chelate compounds having two or more alkoxy groups are preferred, as they provide excellent storage stability of the resin composition and allow for a good curing pattern. Specific examples include titanium diisopropyl bis(triethanolamine), titanium di(n-butanol)bis(2,4-pentanedione), titanium diisopropyl bis(2,4-pentanedione), titanium diisopropyl bis(tetramethylheptanedione), and titanium diisopropyl bis(ethyl acetylacetate). II) Tetraalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, titanium tetra(n-butanol), titanium tetraethanol, titanium tetra(2-ethylhexanol), titanium tetraisobutanol, titanium tetraisopropanol, titanium tetramethanol, titanium tetramethoxypropanol, titanium tetramethylphenoxide, titanium tetra(n-nonanol), titanium tetra(n-propanol), titanium tetrastearyl alcohol, and titanium tetra[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)butanol}]. III) Titanium cyclopentadienyl trimethoxide compounds: Examples include titanium pentamethylcyclopentadienyl trimethoxide, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium. IV) Titanium monoalkoxy compounds: Examples include titanium tris(dioctyl phosphate)isopropylate and titanium tris(dodecylphenylsulfonate)isopropylate. V) Titanium oxide compounds: Examples include titanium bis(pentanedione) oxide, titanium bis(tetramethylheptanedione) oxide, and titanium phthalocyanine oxide. VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: Examples include titanium tetraacetylacetonate. VII) Titanium ester coupling agent: for example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanium salt, etc.
其中,作為有機鈦化合物,從發揮更良好的耐藥品性之觀點考慮,選自包括上述I)鈦螯合化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳。尤其,二異丙醇雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、四(正丁醇)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。Among these, the preferred organic titanium compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, and III) titanocene compounds, from the perspective of exhibiting better chemical resistance. In particular, titanium diisopropylate (ethyl acetylacetate), titanium tetra(n-butoxide), and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
在配合有機鈦化合物之情況下,其配合量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.05~10質量份為較佳,更較佳為0.1~2質量份。在配合量為0.05質量份以上之情況下,所獲得之硬化圖案更有效地顯現出良好的耐熱性及耐藥品性,另一方面,在配合量為10質量份以下之情況下,組成物的保存穩定性更優異。When an organic titanium compound is added, the amount is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. When the amount is 0.05 parts by mass or greater, the resulting cured pattern exhibits excellent heat resistance and chemical resistance. On the other hand, when the amount is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is improved.
〔抗氧化劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含抗氧化劑。藉由含有抗氧化劑作為添加劑,能夠提高硬化後的膜的伸長特性和與金屬材料的密接性。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物及硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用作為酚系抗氧化劑已知之任意的酚化合物。作為較佳的酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)上具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為上述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代的烷基為較佳。又,抗氧化劑為在相同分子內具有酚基及亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-三級丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺及亞磷酸乙基雙(2,4-二-三級丁基-6-甲基苯基)等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如可舉出Adekastab AO-20、Adekastab AO-30、Adekastab AO-40、Adekastab AO-50、Adekastab AO-50F、Adekastab AO-60、Adekastab AO-60G、Adekastab AO-80及Adekastab AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,本發明的組成物依據需要可以含有潛在的抗氧化劑。作為潛在的抗氧化劑,可舉出發揮抗氧化劑作用之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且為藉由在100~250℃下進行加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒存在下在80~200℃下進行加熱以使保護基脫離而發揮抗氧化劑作用之化合物。作為潛在的抗氧化劑,可舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號及日本特開2017-008219號公報中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為潛在的抗氧化劑的市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLSGPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。 作為較佳的抗氧化劑的例子,可舉出2,2-硫代雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基酚)、2,6-二-三級丁基酚及由式(3)表示之化合物。 [Antioxidant] The composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. By including an antioxidant as an additive, the elongation characteristics and adhesion to metal materials of the cured film can be improved. Examples of antioxidants include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. Any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used as the phenolic compound. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. Compounds having a substituent at a position adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group (adjacent position) are preferred. Preferred substituents include substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Furthermore, the antioxidant is preferably a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. Furthermore, phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be preferably used as antioxidants. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinylcycloheptadien-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetrakis-tetriblyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinylcycloheptadien-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tetriblyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite. Examples of commercially available antioxidants include Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80, and Adekastab AO-330 (all manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION). Furthermore, compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used as antioxidants, and this disclosure is incorporated herein. Furthermore, the composition of the present invention may contain a potential antioxidant, if desired. Potential antioxidants include compounds in which the site where the antioxidant is exerted is protected by a protecting group, and compounds that exert their antioxidant activity by removing the protecting group upon heating at 100-250°C or heating at 80-200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. Potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication Nos. 2014/021023, 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Examples of potential commercial antioxidants include ADEKA ARKLSGPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION). Examples of preferred antioxidants include 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol, and compounds represented by formula (3).
[化學式44] [Chemical formula 44]
通式(3)中,R 5表示氫原子或碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的烷基,R 6表示碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的伸烷基。R 7表示碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的伸烷基、包含氧原子及氮原子中的至少任一個之1~4價的有機基。k表示1~4的整數。 In general formula (3), R₅ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms), R₆ represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms), R₇ represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms), or a monovalent to tetravalent organic group containing at least one of an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom. k represents an integer from 1 to 4.
由式(3)表示之化合物抑制樹脂所具有之脂肪族基和酚性羥基的氧化劣化。又,能夠藉由對金屬材料的防鏽作用來抑制金屬氧化。The compound represented by formula (3) inhibits the oxidative degradation of the aliphatic and phenolic hydroxyl groups in the resin. Furthermore, it can inhibit metal oxidation by providing a rust-proofing effect on metal materials.
能夠同時作用於樹脂和金屬材料,因此k為2~4的整數為更佳。作為R 7,可舉出烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基甲矽烷基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、組合了該等者等,還可以具有取代基。其中,從在顯影液中的溶解性和金屬密接性的觀點考慮,具有烷基醚基、-NH-為較佳,從與樹脂的相互作用和金屬錯合物形成時之金屬密接性的觀點考慮,-NH-為更佳。 Because it can act simultaneously on both the resin and the metal material, k is preferably an integer of 2 to 4. Examples of R 7 include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkyl ether groups, alkylsilyl groups, alkoxysilyl groups, aryl groups, aryl ether groups, carboxyl groups, carbonyl groups, allyl groups, vinyl groups, heterocyclic groups, -O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, and combinations thereof. The group may further have a substituent. Among these, alkyl ether groups and -NH- are preferred from the perspectives of solubility in developer solutions and metal adhesion. From the perspectives of interaction with the resin and metal adhesion during metal complex formation, -NH- is more preferred.
關於由通式(3)表示之化合物,作為例子,可舉出以下者,但是並不限於下述結構。As examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3), the following can be cited, but the structure is not limited to the following.
[化學式45] [Chemical formula 45]
[化學式46] [Chemical formula 46]
[化學式47] [Chemical formula 47]
[化學式48] [Chemical formula 48]
抗氧化劑的添加量相對於樹脂為0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.5~5質量份為更佳。藉由將添加量設為0.1質量份以上,即使在高溫高濕環境下,亦容易獲得提高伸長特性或對金屬材料之密接性的效果,並且藉由將添加量設為10質量份以下,例如藉由與光敏劑的相互作用來提高樹脂組成物的靈敏度。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。在使用2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The antioxidant addition amount is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight relative to the resin, and more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight. An addition amount of 0.1 parts by weight or greater improves elongation and adhesion to metals, even in high-temperature and high-humidity environments. Furthermore, an addition amount of 10 parts by weight or less enhances the sensitivity of the resin composition, for example, through interaction with the photosensitizer. A single antioxidant may be used, or two or more may be used. When two or more antioxidants are used, their combined amount is preferably within the above range.
〔抗凝聚劑〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物依據需要可以含有抗凝聚劑。作為抗凝聚劑,可舉出聚丙烯酸鈉等。 [Anti-agglomerating agent] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an anti-agglomerating agent as needed. Examples of such anti-agglomerating agents include sodium polyacrylate.
在本發明中,抗凝聚劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含抗凝聚劑,亦可以不包含抗凝聚劑,但是在包含之情況下,抗凝聚劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.01質量%以上且10質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且5質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, an anti-aggregating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an anti-aggregating agent. However, if included, the anti-aggregating agent content is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.02% by mass to 5% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition of the present invention.
〔酚系化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物依據需要可以含有酚系化合物。作為酚系化合物,可舉出Bis-Z、BisP-EZ、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、BisOCHP-Z、BisP-MZ、BisP-PZ、BisP-IPZ、BisOCP-IPZ、BisP-CP、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P、BisP-OCHP、亞甲基三-FR-CR、BisRS-26X(以上為產品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、BIP-PC、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-BIPC-F(以上為產品名,ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製造)等。 [Phenolic Compound] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a phenolic compound, if necessary. Examples of phenolic compounds include Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, methylenetris-FR-CR, and BisRS-26X (all product names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and BIP-PC, BIR-PC, BIR-PTBP, and BIR-BIPC-F (all product names, manufactured by Asahi Yukizai Corporation).
在本發明中,酚系化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含酚系化合物,亦可以不包含酚系化合物,但是在包含之情況下,酚系化合物的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.01質量%以上且30質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且20質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, a phenolic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain a phenolic compound. However, if a phenolic compound is contained, the content of the phenolic compound is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 0.02% by mass to 20% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition of the present invention.
〔其他高分子化合物〕 作為其他高分子化合物,可舉出矽氧烷樹脂、將(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚而獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物、酚醛清漆樹脂、甲酚樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂及該等共聚物等。其他高分子化合物可以為導入有羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、環氧基等交聯基之改質體。 [Other Polymer Compounds] Examples of other polymer compounds include silicone resins, (meth)acrylic acid polymers obtained by copolymerizing (meth)acrylic acid, novolac resins, cresol resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, and copolymers thereof. Other polymer compounds may be modified products having introduced crosslinking groups such as hydroxymethyl, alkoxymethyl, and epoxy groups.
在本發明中,其他高分子化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含其他高分子化合物,亦可以不包含其他高分子化合物,但是在包含之情況下,其他高分子化合物的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.01質量%以上且30質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且20質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, other polymer compounds may be used singly or in combination. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain other polymer compounds. However, if included, the content of the other polymer compounds is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 0.02% by mass to 20% by mass, relative to the total solids content of the composition of the present invention.
<樹脂組成物的特性> 關於本發明的樹脂組成物的黏度,能夠藉由樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度來調整。從塗佈膜厚的觀點考慮,1,000mm 2/s~12,000mm 2/s為較佳,2,000mm 2/s~10,000mm 2/s為更佳,3,000mm 2/s~8,000mm 2/s為進一步較佳。只要在上述範圍內,則容易獲得均勻性高的塗佈膜。在為1,000mm 2/s以下時,例如難以以作為再配線用絕緣膜所需要之膜厚進行塗佈,在為12,000mm 2/s以上時,塗佈表面形態有可能變差。 <Resin Composition Properties> The viscosity of the resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted by adjusting the solids concentration of the resin composition. From the perspective of coating film thickness, a viscosity of 1,000 mm² /s to 12,000 mm² /s is preferred, 2,000 mm² /s to 10,000 mm² /s is more preferred, and 3,000 mm² /s to 8,000 mm² /s is even more preferred. Within this range, a highly uniform coating film is easily obtained. At a speed of 1,000 mm 2 /s or less, it is difficult to apply the film with the required thickness for, for example, a redistribution insulation film. At a speed of 12,000 mm 2 /s or more, the surface morphology of the coating may deteriorate.
<關於樹脂組成物的含有物質的限制> 本發明的樹脂組成物的含水率小於2.0質量%為較佳,小於1.5質量%為更佳,小於1.0質量%為進一步較佳。在為2.0%以上時,有可能損害樹脂組成物的保存穩定性。 作為維持水分的含量之方法,可舉出調整保管條件中之濕度及降低保管時的收容容器的孔隙率等。 <Regarding Restrictions on Substances Contained in the Resin Composition> The resin composition of the present invention preferably has a moisture content of less than 2.0% by mass, more preferably less than 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably less than 1.0% by mass. A moisture content exceeding 2.0% may impair the storage stability of the resin composition. Methods for maintaining the moisture content include adjusting the humidity during storage and reducing the porosity of the storage container.
從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、銅、鉻、鎳等,但是作為有機化合物與金屬的錯合物而包含之金屬除外。在包含複數個金屬之情況下,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the perspective of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 parts per million (ppm), more preferably less than 1 ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, and nickel, excluding metals contained in complexes of organic compounds and metals. If multiple metals are contained, the total content of these metals is preferably within the above range.
又,作為減少意外包含於本發明的樹脂組成物中之金屬雜質之方法,能夠舉出如下方法:選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料;對構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾;將聚四氟乙烯等內襯於裝置內以在盡可能抑制污染之條件下進行蒸餾。Furthermore, as methods for reducing metal impurities accidentally contained in the resin composition of the present invention, the following methods can be cited: selecting raw materials with low metal content as the raw materials constituting the resin composition of the present invention; filtering the raw materials constituting the resin composition of the present invention through a filter; and lining the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like to perform distillation under conditions that minimize contamination.
若考慮本發明的樹脂組成物作為半導體材料的用途,則從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調節鹵素原子的含量之方法,可較佳地舉出離子交換處理等。 Considering the use of the resin composition of the present invention as a semiconductor material, the halogen atom content is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 200 mass ppm from the perspective of wiring corrosion resistance. In particular, the halogen atom content is preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm in the form of halogen ions. Examples of halogen atoms include chlorine atoms and bromine atoms. It is preferred that the total chlorine and bromine ions, or the total chlorine and bromine ions, each fall within the above-mentioned ranges. Preferred methods for adjusting the halogen atom content include ion exchange treatment.
作為本發明的樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用先前公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,為了抑制雜質混入原材料或本發明的樹脂組成物中,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂形成為7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為該種容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載之容器。Conventional containers can be used as containers for the resin composition of the present invention. Furthermore, to prevent contaminants from entering the raw materials or the resin composition of the present invention, it is also preferable to use a multilayer bottle with an inner wall composed of six layers of six different resins, or a bottle with a seven-layer structure composed of six different resins. Examples of such containers include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
<樹脂組成物的硬化物> 藉由將本發明的樹脂組成物進行硬化,能夠獲得該樹脂組成物的硬化物。 本發明的硬化物為硬化本發明的樹脂組成物而成之硬化物。 樹脂組成物的硬化藉由加熱進行為較佳,加熱溫度在120℃~400℃的範圍內為更佳,在140℃~380℃的範圍內為進一步較佳,在170℃~350℃的範圍內為特佳。樹脂組成物的硬化物的形態並無特別限定,能夠依據用途選擇薄膜狀、棒狀、球狀、顆粒狀等。在本發明中,該硬化物為薄膜狀為較佳。又,藉由樹脂組成物的圖案加工,亦能夠依據在壁面上形成保護膜,形成用於導通的穴(Beer hall)、調整阻抗或靜電容量或者內部應力、賦放熱功能予等用途選擇該硬化物的形狀。該硬化物(包括硬化物之膜)的膜厚為0.5μm以上且150μm以下為較佳。 將本發明的樹脂組成物進行硬化時的收縮率為50%以下為較佳,45%以下為更佳,40%以下為進一步較佳。其中,收縮率係指樹脂組成物的硬化前後的體積變化的百分率,並且能夠藉由下述的式來進行計算。 收縮率[%]=100-(硬化後的體積÷硬化前的體積)×100 <Cured Resin Composition> The resin composition of the present invention can be cured to obtain a cured product of the resin composition. The cured product of the present invention is a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition of the present invention. The resin composition is preferably cured by heating, with the heating temperature preferably being in the range of 120°C to 400°C, more preferably in the range of 140°C to 380°C, and particularly preferably in the range of 170°C to 350°C. The form of the cured product of the resin composition is not particularly limited and can be selected from various shapes, such as film, rod, sphere, or granular, depending on the intended use. In the present invention, the cured product is preferably in the form of a film. Furthermore, by patterning the resin composition, the shape of the cured product can be selected according to the intended purpose, such as forming a protective film on the wall surface, creating a conductive hole (beer hall), adjusting impedance or electrostatic capacitance, or providing heat dissipation. The cured product (including the cured film) preferably has a thickness of 0.5 μm to 150 μm. The resin composition of the present invention preferably exhibits a shrinkage rate of 50% or less during curing, more preferably 45% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less. Shrinkage refers to the percentage change in volume of the resin composition before and after curing and can be calculated using the following formula. Shrinkage rate [%] = 100 - (volume after hardening ÷ volume before hardening) × 100
<樹脂組成物的硬化物的特性> 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的醯亞胺化反應率為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。在小於70%時,硬化物的機械特性有可能差。 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的斷裂伸長率為30%以上為較佳,40%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為180℃以上為較佳,210℃以上為更佳,230℃以上為進一步較佳。 <Properties of Cured Resin Compositions> The imidization reaction rate of the cured resin composition of the present invention is preferably 70% or higher, more preferably 80% or higher, and even more preferably 90% or higher. If the rate is less than 70%, the mechanical properties of the cured product may be poor. The elongation at break of the cured resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or higher, more preferably 40% or higher, and even more preferably 50% or higher. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cured resin composition of the present invention is preferably 180°C or higher, more preferably 210°C or higher, and even more preferably 230°C or higher.
<樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠藉由先前公知的方法來進行。 混合能夠採用基於攪拌葉片之混合、基於球磨之混合、使罐本身旋轉之混合等。 混合中的溫度為10~30℃為較佳,15~25℃為更佳。 <Resin Composition Preparation> The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited and can be performed by conventional methods. Mixing can be performed using a stirring blade, a ball mill, or a rotating pot. The temperature during mixing is preferably 10-30°C, more preferably 15-25°C.
又,為了去除本發明的樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。可舉出過濾器孔徑例如為5μm以下之態樣,1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。當過濾器的材質為聚乙烯之情況下,HDPE(高密度聚乙烯)為更佳。過濾器可以使用藉由有機溶劑預先清洗者。在過濾器的過濾步驟中,亦可以串聯或並聯連接複數種過濾器而使用。在使用複數種過濾器之情況下,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同之過濾器。作為連接態樣,例如可舉出作為第1段串聯連接孔徑1μm的HDPE過濾器且作為第2段串聯連接孔徑0.2μm的HDPE過濾器之態樣。又,可以將各種材料過濾複數次。在過濾複數次之情況下,可以為循環過濾。又,亦可以在加壓之後進行過濾。當進行加壓和過濾之情況下,可舉出進行加壓之壓力例如為0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下之態樣,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為較佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.5MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,還可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾與使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。 另外,亦可以實施使用過濾器進行過濾之後將填充於瓶之樹脂組成物置於減壓下進行脫氣之步驟。 Furthermore, to remove foreign matter such as dust and particles from the resin composition of the present invention, it is preferably filtered using a filter. For example, the filter pore size may be 5 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. When the filter is made of polyethylene, HDPE (high-density polyethylene) is more preferred. The filter may be pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. During the filtering step, multiple filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using multiple filters, filters of different pore sizes or materials can be combined. For example, a 1μm HDPE filter can be connected in series as the first stage, and a 0.2μm HDPE filter can be connected in series as the second stage. Furthermore, various materials can be filtered multiple times. Multiple filtration cycles can be used for cyclic filtration. Furthermore, filtration can be performed after pressurization. When pressurization and filtration are performed, the pressurization pressure can be, for example, 0.01 MPa to 1.0 MPa, preferably 0.03 MPa to 0.9 MPa, more preferably 0.05 MPa to 0.7 MPa, and even more preferably 0.05 MPa to 0.5 MPa. In addition to filtration using a filter, impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be performed. Filtering and impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be combined. Known adsorbents can be used. Examples include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon. Alternatively, the resin composition filled in the bottle may be filtered using a filter and then degassed under reduced pressure.
(硬化物的製造方法) 本發明的硬化物之製造方法包括將樹脂組成物適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 又,本發明的硬化物之製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟、選擇性地曝光藉由膜形成步驟形成之膜之曝光步驟及使用顯影液顯影藉由曝光步驟曝光之膜來形成圖案之顯影步驟為更佳。 本發明的硬化物之製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟、上述曝光步驟、上述顯影步驟以及加熱藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案之加熱步驟及曝光藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案之顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者為特佳。 又,本發明之製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟及加熱上述膜之步驟亦較佳。 以下,對各步驟的詳細內容進行說明。 (Method for Producing a Cured Product) The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film-forming step of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film. More preferably, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention includes the film-forming step, an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film-forming step, and a development step of developing the film exposed in the exposure step with a developer to form a pattern. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention particularly preferably includes the film-forming step, the exposure step, the development step, and at least one of a heating step of heating the pattern obtained in the development step and a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained in the development step. Furthermore, the manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes the aforementioned film-forming step and the step of heating the film. The following describes each step in detail.
<膜形成步驟> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠用於適用於基材上來形成膜之膜形成步驟。 本發明的硬化物之製造方法包括將樹脂組成物適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 <Film Formation Step> The resin composition of the present invention can be used in a film-forming step in which the resin composition is applied to a substrate to form a film. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film-forming step in which the resin composition is applied to a substrate to form a film.
〔基材〕 基材的種類能夠依據用途適當設定,但是並無特別限制,可舉出矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材(例如,可以為由金屬形成之基材及例如藉由電鍍或蒸鍍等而形成金屬層之基材中的任一個)、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗式玻璃)、TFT(薄膜電晶體)陣列基材、模具基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等。在本發明中,尤其半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材及模具基材為更佳。 又,在該等基材的表面上可以設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等製成之密接層和氧化層等層。 又,基材的形狀並無特別限定,可以為圓形,亦可以為矩形。 作為基材的尺寸,若為圓形,則例如直徑為100~450mm,較佳為200~450mm。若為矩形,則例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm,較佳為200~700mm。 又,作為基材,例如可以使用板狀、較佳為面板狀的基材(基板)。 [Substrate] The type of substrate can be appropriately selected depending on the application, but is not particularly limited. Examples include semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon; quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, evaporated films, magnetic films, reflective films; metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe (for example, either a substrate formed of metal or a substrate having a metal layer formed by electroplating or evaporation); paper; SOG (Spin-On-Glass); TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrates; mold substrates; and electrode plates for plasma display panels (PDPs). In the present invention, semiconductor substrates are particularly preferred, with silicon substrates, Cu substrates, and mold substrates being even more preferred. Furthermore, a bonding layer and an oxide layer, such as one made of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS), may be provided on the surface of the substrate. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited and may be circular or rectangular. The dimensions of the substrate are, for example, a circular substrate with a diameter of 100 to 450 mm, preferably 200 to 450 mm. For a rectangular substrate, for example, a short side of 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm. The substrate may be, for example, a plate-shaped substrate (substrate), preferably a panel-shaped substrate.
又,在樹脂層(例如,包括硬化物之層)的表面或金屬層的表面上適用樹脂組成物而形成膜之情況下,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。When a film is formed by applying a resin composition to the surface of a resin layer (for example, a layer including a cured product) or the surface of a metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes a base material.
作為將本發明的樹脂組成物適用於基材上之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the resin composition of the present invention to a substrate, coating is preferred.
作為所適用之方法,具體而言,可例示浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴墨法等。從膜的厚度的均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法或噴墨法,從膜的厚度的均勻性的觀點及生產率的觀點考慮,旋塗法及狹縫塗佈法為較佳。依據方法調整樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度或塗佈條件,從而能夠獲得所期望的厚度的膜。又,亦能夠依據基材的形狀適當選擇塗佈方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法、噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在為旋塗法的情況下,例如能夠以500~3,500rpm的轉速適用10秒鐘~3分鐘左右。 又,亦能夠適用將藉由上述賦予方法預先賦予至偽支撐體上而形成之塗膜轉印到基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,本發明中亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023段、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中所記載之製作方法。 又,可以進行在基材的端部中去除多餘的膜的步驟。在該種步驟的例子中,可舉出邊珠沖洗(EBR)、背面沖洗(Back rinse)等。 又,亦可以採用預濕步驟,該預濕步驟在將樹脂組成物塗佈於基材上之前,對基材塗佈各種溶劑以提高基材的潤濕性之後,塗佈樹脂組成物。 Specific examples of applicable methods include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and ink jet coating. From the perspective of film thickness uniformity, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, or ink jet coating is more preferred. From the perspective of film thickness uniformity and productivity, spin coating and slit coating are particularly preferred. By adjusting the solids concentration of the resin composition and coating conditions according to the method, a film of the desired thickness can be obtained. Furthermore, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the substrate shape. For circular substrates such as wafers, spin coating, spray coating, or inkjet coating are preferred, while for rectangular substrates, slit coating, spray coating, or inkjet coating are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, a rotation speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm can be used for approximately 10 seconds to 3 minutes. Alternatively, a method can be used in which a coating film previously applied to a dummy support using the aforementioned application method is transferred to the substrate. Regarding the transfer method, the present invention can also preferably use the production methods described in paragraphs 0023 and 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-047592. Furthermore, a step of removing excess film from the edge of the substrate can be performed. Examples of such a step include edge bead rinsing (EBR) and back rinsing. Furthermore, a pre-wetting step can be employed. Before applying the resin composition to the substrate, various solvents are applied to the substrate to improve the substrate's wettability, and then the resin composition is applied.
<乾燥步驟> 上述膜在膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)之後,為了去除溶劑,可以提供給乾燥所形成之膜(層)之步驟(乾燥步驟)中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括乾燥步驟,該乾燥步驟乾燥藉由膜形成步驟而形成之膜。 又,上述乾燥步驟在膜形成步驟之後且在曝光步驟之前進行為較佳。 乾燥步驟中之膜的乾燥溫度為50~150℃為較佳,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。又,亦可以藉由減壓來進行乾燥。作為乾燥時間,可例示30秒鐘~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,2分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。 <Drying Step> After the film formation step (layer formation step), the film may be subjected to a drying step (drying step) to remove the solvent from the formed film (layer). That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a drying step for drying the film formed in the film formation step. The drying step is preferably performed after the film formation step and before the exposure step. The drying temperature of the film in the drying step is preferably 50-150°C, more preferably 70-130°C, and even more preferably 90-110°C. Drying may also be performed by reducing pressure. The drying time can be exemplified as 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 2 minutes to 7 minutes.
<曝光步驟> 上述膜可以提供於選擇性地曝光膜之曝光步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括曝光步驟,該曝光步驟選擇性地曝光藉由膜形成步驟而形成之膜。 選擇性地曝光表示對膜的一部分進行曝光。又,藉由選擇性地曝光,在膜上形成經曝光之區域(曝光部)和未經曝光的區域(非曝光部)。 關於曝光量,只要能夠將本發明的樹脂組成物硬化,則並無特別限定,例如以在波長365nm下的曝光能量換算為50~10,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,200~8,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 <Exposure Step> The film may be provided in an exposure step for selectively exposing the film. That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include an exposure step for selectively exposing the film formed in the film forming step. Selective exposure means exposing a portion of the film. Furthermore, selective exposure forms exposed areas (exposed portions) and unexposed areas (unexposed portions) on the film. The exposure dose is not particularly limited as long as it can cure the resin composition of the present invention. For example, an exposure energy of 50 to 10,000 mJ/ cm² at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably used, and 200 to 8,000 mJ/ cm² is more preferably used.
曝光波長能夠在190~1,000nm的範圍內適當設定,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set within the range of 190-1,000nm, with 240-550nm being optimal.
關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係進行說明,則可舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm etc.)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的第二諧波532nm且第三諧波355nm等。關於本發明的樹脂組成物,尤其基於高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,其中,基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,可以獲得尤其高的曝光靈敏度。 又,用於曝光之曝光用光包含波長405nm的光亦較佳。 又,曝光的方式並無特別限定,只要為曝光包括本發明的樹脂組成物之膜的至少一部分之方式即可,但是可舉出使用了光罩之曝光、基於雷射直接成像法之曝光等。 Regarding the exposure wavelength, if we explain it in terms of its relationship with the light source, we can cite (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, 375nm, 355nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g-ray (wavelength 436nm), h-ray (wavelength 405nm), i-ray (wavelength 365nm), wide (3 wavelengths of g, h, and i-ray), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, (7) YAG laser second harmonic 532nm and third harmonic 355nm, etc. With regard to the resin composition of the present invention, exposure based on a high pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure based on i-ray is particularly preferred. This achieves particularly high exposure sensitivity. Preferably, the exposure light used for exposure includes light having a wavelength of 405 nm. The exposure method is not particularly limited, as long as it exposes at least a portion of the film comprising the resin composition of the present invention. Examples include exposure using a photomask and exposure using a laser direct imaging method.
<曝光後加熱步驟> 上述膜可以提供給在曝光後進行加熱之步驟(曝光後加熱步驟)中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括曝光後加熱步驟,該曝光後加熱步驟加熱藉由曝光步驟進行曝光之膜。 曝光後加熱步驟能夠在曝光步驟之後且在顯影步驟之前進行。 曝光後加熱步驟中之加熱溫度為50℃~140℃為較佳,60℃~120℃為更佳。 曝光後加熱步驟中之加熱時間為30秒鐘~300分鐘為較佳,1分鐘~10分鐘為更佳。 關於曝光後加熱步驟中之升溫速度,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度為1~12℃/分鐘為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。 又,升溫速度可以在加熱過程中適當變更。 作為曝光後加熱步驟中之加熱機構,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的加熱板、烘箱、紅外線加熱器等。 又,藉由在加熱時使氮氣、氦氣、氬氣等非活性氣體流過等而在低氧濃度的環境下進行亦較佳。 <Post-Exposure Heating Step> The film may be subjected to a post-exposure heating step (post-exposure heating step). That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-exposure heating step in which the film exposed in the exposure step is heated. The post-exposure heating step can be performed after the exposure step and before the development step. The heating temperature in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 50°C to 140°C, more preferably 60°C to 120°C. The heating time in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 30 seconds to 300 minutes, more preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes. The heating rate during the post-exposure heating step is preferably 1-12°C/minute, more preferably 2-10°C/minute, and even more preferably 3-10°C/minute, from the initial heating temperature to the maximum heating temperature. The heating rate can be appropriately varied during the heating process. The heating mechanism used in the post-exposure heating step is not particularly limited; a conventional hot plate, oven, infrared heater, or the like can be used. Also, heating can be performed in an environment with a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon during heating.
<顯影步驟> 曝光後的上述膜可以提供於使用顯影液進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括顯影步驟,該顯影步驟使用顯影液對藉由曝光步驟進行曝光之膜進行顯影而形成圖案。 藉由進行顯影,去除膜的曝光部及非曝光部中的一者來形成圖案。 其中,將藉由顯影步驟去除膜的非曝光部之顯影稱為負型顯影,將藉由顯影步驟去除膜的曝光部之顯影稱為正型顯影。 <Developing Step> The exposed film can be subjected to a developing step in which a pattern is formed by developing the film exposed in the exposing step using a developer. That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention can include a developing step in which the film exposed in the exposing step is developed using a developer to form a pattern. The development step removes one of the exposed and unexposed portions of the film, thereby forming a pattern. Developing the film in which the unexposed portions are removed by the developing step is referred to as negative-tone development, while developing the film in which the exposed portions are removed by the developing step is referred to as positive-tone development.
〔顯影液〕 作為顯影步驟中所使用之顯影液,可舉出含有鹼水溶液或有機溶劑之顯影液。 [Developer] Developers used in the developing step include those containing alkaline aqueous solutions or organic solvents.
當顯影液為鹼水溶液之情況下,作為鹼水溶液能夠含有之鹼性化合物,可舉出無機鹼類、一級胺類、二級胺類、三級胺類、四級銨鹽,TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨、乙胺、正丙基胺、二乙胺、二正丁基胺、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化四戊基銨、氫氧化四己基銨、氫氧化四辛基銨、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、氫氧化丁基三甲基銨、氫氧化甲基三戊基銨、氫氧化二丁基二戊基銨、氫氧化二甲基雙(2-羥乙基)銨、氫氧化三甲基苯基銨、氫氧化三甲基苄基銨、氫氧化三乙基苄基銨、吡咯、哌啶為較佳,更佳為TMAH。例如在使用TMAH之情況下,顯影液中之鹼性化合物的含量在顯影液總質量中為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, examples of alkaline compounds that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, quaternary ammonium salts, TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide , tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltripentylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, pyrrole, and piperidine are preferred, and TMAH is more preferred. For example, when TMAH is used, the content of the alkaline compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3 mass % based on the total mass of the developer.
當顯影液含有有機溶劑之情況下,有機溶劑作為酯類例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環狀烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類、作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent as the ester preferably includes ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetates (e.g., methyl alkoxy acetate, ethyl alkoxy acetate, butyl alkoxy acetate (e.g., methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, ethyl ethoxy acetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxy propionates (e.g., 3-alkoxy methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.), methyl 2-alkoxypropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl ester, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, and the like; and as ethers, for example, preferably diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl solvent acetate, ethyl solvent acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like are mentioned; Preferred examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. Preferred examples of cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene. Preferred examples of sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide. Preferred examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, and triethylene glycol. Preferred examples of amides include N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, and dimethylformamide.
在顯影液包含有機溶劑之情況下,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。在本發明中,尤其包含選自包括環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及環己酮之群組中之至少一種之顯影液為較佳,包含選自包括環戊酮、γ-丁內酯及二甲基亞碸之群組中之至少一種之顯影液為更佳,包含環戊酮之顯影液為最佳。When the developer contains an organic solvent, one organic solvent or a mixture of two or more organic solvents can be used. In the present invention, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and cyclohexanone is particularly preferred, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, and dimethyl sulfoxide is further preferred, and a developer containing cyclopentanone is most preferred.
當顯影液含有有機溶劑之情況下,相對於顯影液的總質量之有機溶劑的含量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。又,上述含量可以為100質量%。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably 50% by mass or greater, more preferably 70% by mass or greater, even more preferably 80% by mass or greater, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or greater. Alternatively, the above content may be 100% by mass.
顯影液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如可舉出公知的界面活性劑和公知的消泡劑等。 The developer may further contain other ingredients. Examples of such other ingredients include known surfactants and defoaming agents.
〔顯影液的供給方法〕 關於顯影液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望的圖案,則並無特別限制,存在將形成有膜之基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、使用噴嘴向形成於基材上之膜供給顯影液以進行旋覆浸沒顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,使用直式噴嘴供給顯影液之方法或使用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從顯影液向圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,使用噴霧噴嘴進行供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用在使用直式噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,在旋轉乾燥之後再次使用直式噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液之步驟,亦可以反覆進行複數次該步驟。 又,作為顯影步驟中之顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用將顯影液連續地供給至基材之步驟、在基材上使顯影液保持大致靜止狀態之步驟、在基材上利用超聲波等使顯影液振動之步驟及組合了該等之步驟等。 [Developer Supply Method] The developer supply method is not particularly limited as long as the desired pattern can be formed. Examples include immersing the film-formed substrate in the developer, using a nozzle to supply the developer to the film formed on the substrate for immersion development, and continuously supplying the developer. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples include vertical nozzles, shower nozzles, and mist nozzles. From the perspectives of developer permeability, removal of non-image areas, and manufacturing efficiency, a method using a vertical nozzle to supply developer or a method using a mist nozzle for continuous supply is preferred. From the perspective of developer permeability to the image area, a method using a mist nozzle for supply is particularly preferred. Alternatively, a process may be employed in which the developer is continuously supplied using a vertical nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer, and after drying by rotation, the developer is continuously supplied again using the vertical nozzle, followed by rotating the substrate to remove the developer. This process may also be repeated multiple times. Furthermore, as a method for supplying the developer solution during the development step, a step of continuously supplying the developer solution to the substrate, a step of maintaining the developer solution substantially stationary on the substrate, a step of vibrating the developer solution on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, or a combination of these steps can be employed.
作為顯影時間,10秒鐘~10分鐘為較佳,20秒鐘~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並無特別限定,能夠較佳為在10~45℃下進行,更較佳為在18℃~30℃下進行。The developing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developer during development is not particularly limited, but can be preferably performed at 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
在顯影步驟中,在使用了顯影液之處理之後,可以進一步進行使用沖洗液之圖案的清洗(沖洗)。又,可以採用與圖案接觸之顯影液沒有完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等的方法。In the development step, after the processing using the developer, the pattern may be further cleaned (rinsed) using a rinse solution. Alternatively, a method may be employed in which the rinse solution is supplied before the developer in contact with the pattern has completely dried.
〔沖洗液〕 在顯影液為鹼水溶液之情況下,作為沖洗液,例如能夠使用水。在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,作為沖洗液,例如能夠使用與顯影液中所包含之溶劑不同之溶劑(例如,水、與顯影液中所包含之有機溶劑不同之有機溶劑)。 [Rinse Solution] When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, water, for example, can be used as the rinse solution. When the developer contains an organic solvent, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developer (e.g., water, an organic solvent different from the organic solvent contained in the developer) can be used as the rinse solution.
作為沖洗液包含有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環狀烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類、作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent includes, for example, esters, preferably ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., 3-alkoxy methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.), methyl 2-alkoxypropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl ester, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, and the like; and as ethers, for example, preferably diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl solvent acetate, ethyl solvent acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like are mentioned; Preferred examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. Preferred examples of cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene. Preferred examples of sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide. Preferred examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, and triethylene glycol. Preferred examples of amides include N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, and dimethylformamide.
在沖洗液包含有機溶劑之情況下,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。在本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。When the rinse solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, and PGME are particularly preferred, with cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, and PGME being even more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA being even more preferred.
在沖洗液包含有機溶劑之情況下,沖洗液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,亦可以為沖洗液的100質量%為有機溶劑。When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent preferably accounts for 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more of the rinse liquid. Alternatively, the organic solvent may account for 100% by mass of the rinse liquid.
沖洗液可以進一步含有其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如可舉出公知的界面活性劑和公知的消泡劑等。 The rinse solution may further contain other ingredients. Examples of such other ingredients include known surfactants and defoaming agents.
〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 關於沖洗液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望的圖案,則並無特別限制,存在將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、藉由液盤將沖洗液供給至基材之方法、以噴淋形式將沖洗液供給至基材之方法、藉由直式噴嘴等機構將沖洗液連續供給至基材之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,存在使用噴淋噴嘴、直式噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法,使用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從沖洗液向圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,使用噴霧噴嘴進行供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗步驟為藉由直式噴嘴將沖洗液供給或連續供給至上述曝光後的膜中之步驟為較佳,藉由噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之步驟為更佳。 又,作為沖洗步驟中之沖洗液的供給方法,能夠採用將沖洗液連續地供給至基材之步驟、在基材上使沖洗液保持大致靜止狀態之步驟、在基材上利用超聲波等使沖洗液振動之步驟及組合了該等之步驟等。 [Rinsing Liquid Supply Method] The method for supplying the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as the desired pattern can be formed. Examples include immersing the substrate in the rinsing liquid, supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate using a pan, spraying the rinsing liquid, and continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate using a mechanism such as a vertical nozzle. From the perspectives of rinse liquid permeability, removal of non-image areas, and manufacturing efficiency, there are various methods for supplying rinse liquid using shower nozzles, vertical nozzles, and mist nozzles. Continuous supply using a mist nozzle is preferred, and from the perspective of rinse liquid permeability into the image area, supply using a mist nozzle is even more preferred. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples include vertical nozzles, shower nozzles, and mist nozzles. Specifically, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying or continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the exposed film using a vertical nozzle, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid using a spray nozzle. In addition, the rinsing liquid supply method in the rinsing step can include a step of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate, a step of maintaining the rinsing liquid substantially stationary on the substrate, a step of vibrating the rinsing liquid on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a combination of these methods.
作為沖洗時間,10秒鐘~10分鐘為較佳,20秒鐘~5分鐘為更佳。沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並無特別限定,能夠較佳為在10~45℃下進行,更較佳為在18℃~30℃下進行。The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the rinsing solution during rinsing is not particularly limited, but can be preferably performed at 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
<加熱步驟> 藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案(在進行沖洗步驟之情況下為沖洗後的圖案)可以提供給加熱藉由上述顯影而獲得之圖案之加熱步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟,該加熱步驟加熱藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案。 又,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟,該加熱步驟加熱在不進行顯影步驟的狀態下藉由其他方法而獲得之圖案或藉由膜形成步驟而獲得之膜。 在加熱步驟中,使聚醯亞胺前驅物等樹脂環化而成為聚醯亞胺等樹脂。 又,亦進行特定樹脂或除了特定樹脂以外的交聯劑中之未反應的交聯性基的交聯等。 作為加熱步驟中之加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50~450℃為較佳,150~350℃為更佳,150~250℃為進一步較佳,160~250℃為更進一步較佳,160~230℃為特佳。 <Heating Step> The pattern obtained by the development step (or the pattern after rinsing if a rinsing step is performed) may be subjected to a heating step for heating the pattern obtained by the development step. That is, the method for producing a cured article of the present invention may include a heating step for heating the pattern obtained by the development step. Also, the method for producing a cured article of the present invention may include a heating step for heating a pattern obtained by another method without performing a development step, or a film obtained by the film forming step. In the heating step, a resin such as a polyimide precursor is cyclized to form a resin such as a polyimide. Also, unreacted crosslinking groups in the specific resin or a crosslinking agent other than the specific resin are crosslinked. The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step is preferably 50-450°C, more preferably 150-350°C, even more preferably 150-250°C, even more preferably 160-250°C, and particularly preferably 160-230°C.
加熱步驟藉由加熱,利用從上述鹼產生劑產生之鹼等的作用,在上述圖案內促進上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化反應之步驟為較佳。The heating step is preferably a step in which the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor is promoted within the pattern by heating the alkali generated from the alkali generator.
關於加熱步驟中之加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳。上述升溫速度為2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產率,並且防止酸或溶劑的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和硬化物的殘存應力。 另外,在為能夠急速加熱的烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~8℃/秒鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒鐘為更佳,3~6℃/秒鐘為進一步較佳。 During the heating step, heating is preferably performed at a rate of 1-12°C/minute from the initial heating temperature to the maximum heating temperature. This rate is more preferably 2-10°C/minute, and even more preferably 3-10°C/minute. A rate of 1°C/minute or higher ensures productivity and prevents excessive volatilization of acids or solvents. A rate of 12°C/minute or lower mitigates residual stress in the cured product. In addition, in an oven capable of rapid heating, a rate of 1-8°C/second from the initial heating temperature to the maximum heating temperature is preferably performed, more preferably 2-7°C/second, and even more preferably 3-6°C/second.
加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指,開始加熱至最高加熱溫度之步驟時的溫度。例如,在將本發明的樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後使其乾燥之情況下,為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如從比本發明的樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the step of heating to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when the resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate and then dried, this refers to the temperature of the dried film (layer). For example, the temperature is preferably increased from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition of the present invention.
加熱時間(在最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為5~360分鐘為較佳,10~300分鐘為更佳,15~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 15 to 240 minutes.
尤其,在形成多層積層體之情況下,從層間的密接性的觀點考慮,加熱溫度為30℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,100℃以上為進一步較佳,120℃以上為特佳。 上述加熱溫度的上限為350℃以下為較佳,250℃以下為更佳,240℃以下為進一步較佳。 In particular, when forming a multilayer laminate, from the perspective of interlayer adhesion, the heating temperature is preferably 30°C or higher, more preferably 80°C or higher, even more preferably 100°C or higher, and particularly preferably 120°C or higher. The upper limit of the heating temperature is preferably 350°C or lower, more preferably 250°C or lower, and even more preferably 240°C or lower.
加熱可以階段性地進行。作為例子,可以進行如下步驟:從25℃以3℃/分鐘升溫至120℃且在120℃下保持60分鐘,並且從120℃以2℃/分鐘升溫至180℃且在180℃下保持120分鐘。又,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中所記載,一邊照射紫外線一邊進行處理亦較佳。藉由該種預處理步驟,能夠提高膜的特性。預處理步驟在10秒鐘~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒鐘~30分鐘為更佳。預處理可以為兩階段以上的步驟,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行第1階段的預處理步驟,之後在150~200℃的範圍內進行第2階段的預處理步驟。 Heating can be performed in stages. For example, the following steps can be performed: heating from 25°C to 120°C at a rate of 3°C/minute and holding at 120°C for 60 minutes, then heating from 120°C to 180°C at a rate of 2°C/minute and holding at 180°C for 120 minutes. Alternatively, as described in U.S. Patent No. 9,159,547, treatment while irradiating with UV light is also preferred. This pretreatment step can improve membrane properties. The pretreatment step can be performed for a short period of time, from about 10 seconds to 2 hours, preferably from 15 seconds to 30 minutes. Pretreatment can be a two-stage process. For example, the first stage of pretreatment can be performed at a temperature between 100 and 150°C, followed by a second stage of pretreatment at a temperature between 150 and 200°C.
進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為此時的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。 Furthermore, cooling can be performed after heating. The optimal cooling rate is 1-5°C/minute.
在防止特定樹脂分解的方面而言,藉由在加熱步驟中使氮氣、氦氣、氬氣等非活性氣體流過且在減壓下進行等而在低氧濃度的環境下進行為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 To prevent the decomposition of certain resins, it is best to perform the heating process in a low-oxygen environment, such as by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon during the heating step and performing the process under reduced pressure. An oxygen concentration of 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less is preferred, and 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less is even more preferred.
作為加熱步驟中之加熱機構,並無特別限定,但是例如可舉出加熱板、紅外線爐、電烘箱、熱風式烘箱、紅外線烘箱等。 The heating mechanism in the heating step is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared furnace, an electric oven, a hot air oven, an infrared oven, and the like.
<顯影後曝光步驟> <Post-development exposure step>
藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案(在進行沖洗步驟之情況下為沖洗後的圖案)代替上述加熱步驟或除了上述加熱步驟以外亦可以提供於曝光顯影步驟之後的圖案之顯影後曝光步驟中。 The pattern obtained by the development step (the pattern after development if a development step is performed) can be provided in the post-development exposure step of the pattern after the exposure and development step instead of or in addition to the above-mentioned heating step.
亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括顯影後曝光步驟,該顯影後曝光步驟曝光藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案。本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟,亦可以僅包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的一者。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,例如能夠促進藉由光鹼產生劑的感光而進行聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化之反應或藉由光酸產生劑的感光而進行酸分解性基的脫離之反應等。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,只要曝光在顯影步驟中所獲得之圖案的至少一部分即可,但是曝光上述圖案的全部為較佳。 顯影後曝光步驟中之曝光量以在感光性化合物具有靈敏度之波長下之曝光能量換算為50~20,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,100~15,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 顯影後曝光步驟例如能夠使用上述曝光步驟中之光源來進行,使用寬頻帶光為較佳。 That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-development exposure step, wherein the post-development exposure step exposes the pattern obtained in the development step. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step and a post-development exposure step, or may include only one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step. In the post-development exposure step, for example, a cyclization reaction of a polyimide precursor, etc., can be promoted by sensitizing the photobase generator, or a reaction of removing an acid-degradable group can be promoted by sensitizing the photoacid generator. In the post-development exposure step, at least a portion of the pattern obtained in the development step need only be exposed, but preferably, the entire pattern is exposed. The exposure dose in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50 to 20,000 mJ/ cm² , more preferably 100 to 15,000 mJ/ cm² , calculated as exposure energy at the wavelength to which the photosensitive compound is sensitive. The post-development exposure step can be performed, for example, using the light source described in the exposure step above, preferably broadband light.
<金屬層形成步驟> 藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案(提供給加熱步驟及曝光後顯影步驟中的至少一者之圖案為較佳)可以提供給在圖案上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法包括金屬層形成步驟為較佳,該金屬層形成步驟在藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案(提供給加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之圖案為較佳)上形成金屬層。 <Metal Layer Formation Step> The pattern obtained by the development step (preferably the pattern provided to at least one of the heating step and the post-exposure development step) can be provided to the metal layer formation step, which forms a metal layer on the pattern. That is, the method for producing a cured article of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer formation step, wherein the metal layer is formed on the pattern obtained by the development step (preferably the pattern provided to at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step).
作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金、鎢、錫、銀及包含該等金屬之合金,銅及鋁為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used. Examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, and alloys containing these metals. Copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is even more preferred.
金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報、美國專利第7888181B2、美國專利第9177926B2中所記載之方法。例如,可以考慮光微影、PVD(物理蒸鍍法)、CVD(化學氣相沉積法)、剝離、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合了該等之方法等。更具體而言,可舉出組合了濺射、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合了光微影和電解電鍍之圖案化方法。作為電鍍的較佳態樣,可舉出使用了硫酸銅或氰化銅電鍍液之電解電鍍。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese National Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-214501, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-101850, U.S. Patent No. 7,888,181B2, and U.S. Patent No. 9,177,926B2 can be used. For example, photolithography, PVD (physical vapor deposition), CVD (chemical vapor deposition), lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and combinations thereof can be used. More specifically, a patterning method that combines sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method that combines photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited. A preferred embodiment of electrolytic plating is electrolytic plating using a copper sulfate or copper cyanide plating solution.
作為金屬層的厚度,最厚的壁厚的部分為0.01~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 50 μm, more preferably 1 to 10 μm, at the thickest portion.
<用途> 作為能夠適用本發明的硬化物的製造方法或本發明的硬化物的領域,可舉出電子元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,亦可舉出密封膜、基板材料(柔性印刷電路板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由對如上述實際安裝用途的絕緣膜進行蝕刻而形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如能夠參閱Science&Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺/芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。 Applications Examples of applications for the method of producing a cured product of the present invention and the cured product of the present invention include insulating films for electronic components, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, and stress buffering films. Other applications include sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films for flexible printed circuit boards, interlayer insulating films), and applications involving patterning by etching insulating films for practical applications such as those described above. For information on these applications, see, for example, "Advanced Functionality and Application Technology of Polyimides" by Science & Technology Co., Ltd., April 2008; "Fundamentals and Development of Polyimide Materials" by Masaaki Kakimoto, CMC Technical Library, November 2011; and "Latest Polyimides: Fundamentals and Applications" by the Japan Polyimide/Aromatic Polymer Research Society, NTS, August 2010.
又,本發明的硬化物的製造方法或本發明的硬化物亦能夠用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、蝕刻成形組件的用途、電子尤其微電子中之保護漆及介電層的製造等中。Furthermore, the method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the cured product of the present invention can also be used in the production of offset printing plates, screen printing plates, and other plates, in the production of etched components, and in the production of protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
(積層體及積層體的製造方法) 本發明的積層體係指具有複數層包括本發明的硬化物之層之結構體。 本發明的積層體為包括2層以上的包含硬化物之層之積層體,並且亦可以設為積層3層以上而成之積層體。 上述積層體中所包括之2層以上的上述包括硬化物之層中的至少一個為包括本發明的硬化物之層,從抑制硬化物的收縮或上述收縮所伴隨之硬化物的變形等之觀點考慮,上述積層體中所包括之所有包括硬化物之層為包括本發明的硬化物之層亦較佳。 (Laminar Body and Laminate Manufacturing Method) The laminate of the present invention refers to a structure having a plurality of layers comprising the cured product of the present invention. The laminate of the present invention is a laminate comprising two or more layers comprising a cured product, and may also be a laminate comprising three or more layers. At least one of the two or more layers comprising a cured product in the laminate is a layer comprising the cured product of the present invention. From the perspective of suppressing shrinkage of the cured product or deformation of the cured product associated with such shrinkage, it is preferred that all layers comprising a cured product in the laminate be layers comprising the cured product of the present invention.
亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化物的製造方法為較佳,包括重複複數次本發明的硬化物的製造方法之步驟為更佳。That is, the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the method for manufacturing the hardened article of the present invention, and more preferably includes repeating the steps of the method for manufacturing the hardened article of the present invention multiple times.
本發明的積層體包含2層以上的包括硬化物之層,在任意上述包括硬化物之層之間的任一層之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。關於上述金屬層,藉由上述金屬層形成步驟而形成為較佳。 亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法在複數次進行之硬化物的製造方法期間,還包括在包括硬化物之層上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。金屬層形成步驟的較佳態樣如上所述。 作為上述積層體,例如可舉出至少包含依次積層有第一個包括硬化物之層、金屬層、第二個包括硬化物之層這三個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。 上述第一個包括硬化物之層及上述第二個包括硬化物之層均為包括本發明的硬化物之層為較佳。用於形成上述第一個包括硬化物之層之本發明的樹脂組成物和用於形成上述第二個包括硬化物之層之本發明的樹脂組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同之組成物。本發明的積層體中之金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。 The laminate of the present invention preferably includes two or more layers containing a cured product, and preferably includes a metal layer between any of the layers containing the cured product. The metal layer is preferably formed by the metal layer forming step described above. That is, the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the layer containing the cured product during the multiple steps of the method for manufacturing the cured product. The preferred embodiment of the metal layer forming step is as described above. A preferred example of the laminate is a laminate having a structure comprising at least three layers, stacked in sequence: a first layer comprising a cured product, a metal layer, and a second layer comprising a cured product. Preferably, both the first layer comprising a cured product and the second layer comprising a cured product comprise the cured product of the present invention. The resin composition of the present invention used to form the first layer comprising a cured product and the resin composition of the present invention used to form the second layer comprising a cured product may have the same composition or different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention is preferably used as metal wiring such as a redistribution layer.
<積層步驟> 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括積層步驟為較佳。 積層步驟為包括在圖案(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面上再次依序進行(a)膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之一系列步驟。其中,亦可以為重複(a)膜形成步驟及(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之態樣。又,亦可以在(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之後包括(e)金屬層形成步驟。在積層步驟中可以進一步適當包括上述乾燥步驟等,這係毋庸置疑的。 <Lamination Step> The method for producing a laminated body of the present invention preferably includes a lamination step. The lamination step comprises a series of steps comprising, on the surface of the pattern (resin layer) or metal layer, performing (a) a film formation step (layer formation step), (b) an exposure step, (c) a development step, and (d) a heating step and a post-development exposure step, in order. Alternatively, the method may include repeating (a) the film formation step and (d) the heating step and the post-development exposure step. Furthermore, the method may include (e) a metal layer formation step after at least one of (d) the heating step and the post-development exposure step. It is undeniable that the above-mentioned drying step can be further appropriately included in the layering step.
在積層步驟之後進一步進行積層步驟之情況下,可以在上述曝光步驟之後,上述加熱步驟之後或上述金屬層形成步驟之後,進一步進行表面活化處理步驟。作為表面活化處理,可例示電漿處理。對表面活性化處理的詳細內容將進行後述。When a further layering step is performed after the layering step, a surface activation treatment step may be performed after the exposure step, after the heating step, or after the metal layer formation step. An example of the surface activation treatment is plasma treatment. Details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.
上述積層步驟進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~9次為更佳。 例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層,將樹脂層設為2層以上且20層以下之構成為較佳,並且設為2層以上且9層以下之構成為進一步較佳。 上述各層的組成、形狀及膜厚等可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 The above-mentioned lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, and more preferably 2 to 9 times. For example, in the case of a resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer structure, a structure of 2 or more resin layers and 20 or less resin layers is preferred, and a structure of 2 or more resin layers and 9 or less layers is even more preferred. The composition, shape, and film thickness of each of the above-mentioned layers may be the same or different.
在本發明中,尤其以在設置金屬層之後進一步覆蓋上述金屬層之方式形成上述本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物(樹脂層)之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可舉出依序重複(a)膜形成步驟、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者(e)金屬層形成步驟之態樣或依序重複(a)膜形成步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者、(e)金屬層形成步驟之態樣。藉由交替進行積層本發明的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)之積層步驟和金屬層形成步驟,能夠交替積層本發明的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)和金屬層。In the present invention, it is particularly preferred to form the cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention by further covering the metal layer after providing the metal layer. Specifically, an embodiment includes an embodiment in which (a) a film forming step, (b) an exposure step, (c) a development step, (d) a heating step, and at least one of a post-development exposure step, and (e) a metal layer forming step are sequentially repeated. Alternatively, an embodiment in which (a) a film forming step, (d) a heating step, and at least one of a post-development exposure step, and (e) a metal layer forming step are sequentially repeated. By alternately performing the step of laminating the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the step of forming the metal layer, the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.
(表面活性化處理步驟) 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括對上述金屬層及樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理之表面活性化處理步驟為較佳。 表面活性化處理步驟通常在金屬層形成步驟之後進行,但是亦可以在上述顯影步驟之後,對樹脂組成物層進行表面活性化處理步驟之後進行金屬層形成步驟。 關於表面活性化處理,可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以分別對金屬層及曝光後的樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分進行。對金屬層的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理為較佳,對金屬層中在表面上形成樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於其表面上之樹脂組成物層(膜)的密接性。 又,對曝光後的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部亦進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活性化處理之表面上之金屬層和樹脂層的密接性。尤其,在進行負型顯影之情況等使樹脂組成物層硬化之情況下,不易受到表面處理之損壞,從而容易提高密接性。 作為表面活性化處理,具體而言,選自各種原料氣體(氧氣、氫氣、氬氣、氮氣、氮氣/氫氣混合氣體、氬氣/氧氣混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF 4/O 2、NF 3/O 2、SF 6、NF 3、NF 3/O 2之蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法之表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液中以去除氧化皮膜之後浸漬於包含具有至少一種胺基和硫醇基之化合物之有機表面處理劑中的浸漬處理、使用了刷子之機械粗面化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其使用氧氣作為原料氣體之氧氣電漿處理為較佳。在進行電暈放電處理之情況下,能量為500~200,000J/m 2為較佳,1000~100,000J/m 2為更佳,10,000~50,000J/m 2為最佳。 (Surface Activation Treatment Step) The method for producing a laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation treatment step of surface-activating at least a portion of the metal layer and the resin composition layer. This surface activation treatment step is typically performed after the metal layer formation step, but it is also possible to perform the surface activation treatment on the resin composition layer after the development step and then perform the metal layer formation step. The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least a portion of the metal layer, only on at least a portion of the exposed resin composition layer, or on at least a portion of both the metal layer and the exposed resin composition layer. Preferably, at least a portion of the metal layer is surface-activated, and preferably, a portion or all of the area of the metal layer where the resin composition layer is formed on the surface is surface-activated. By surface-activating the metal layer, adhesion to the resin composition layer (film) disposed on the metal layer can be improved. Furthermore, preferably, a portion or all of the exposed resin composition layer (resin layer) is also surface-activated. By surface-activating the resin composition layer, adhesion to the metal layer and the resin layer disposed on the surface-activated surface can be improved. In particular, when the resin composition layer is hardened, such as when negative tone development is performed, it is less susceptible to damage from surface treatment, making it easier to improve adhesion. Specifically, the surface activation treatment includes plasma treatment using various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixed gas, argon/oxygen mixed gas, etc.), corona discharge treatment, etching treatment based on CF4 / O2 , NF3 / O2 , SF6 , NF3 , or NF3 / O2 , surface treatment based on ultraviolet (UV) ozone, immersion treatment in an organic surface treatment agent containing a compound having at least one amino group and a thiol group after immersion in an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution to remove the oxide film, and mechanical roughening treatment using a brush. Plasma treatment is preferred, and oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as the raw material gas is particularly preferred. When performing corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500-200,000 J/ m2 , more preferably 1000-100,000 J/ m2 , and most preferably 10,000-50,000 J/ m2 .
(電子元件的製造方法) 又,在本發明中亦揭示包含本發明的硬化物或本發明的積層體之半導體器件。 又,本發明亦揭示包括本發明的硬化物的製造方法或本發明的積層體的製造方法之半導體器件的製造方法。作為將本發明的樹脂組成物用於再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成中之半導體器件的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 (Method for Manufacturing Electronic Components) The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device comprising the cured product or the laminate of the present invention. The present invention also discloses a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, including a method for manufacturing the cured product or the laminate of the present invention. Specific examples of semiconductor devices in which the resin composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer can be found in paragraphs 0213-0218 and FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
(聚醯亞胺前驅物及其製造方法) 本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量為0~0.29mmol/g,胺值為0.0040~1.1100mmol/g。 此外,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物的含義與上述特定樹脂的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 (Polyimide Precursor and Method for Producing the Same) The polyimide precursor of the present invention has a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a total content of cyclic imide structures and cyclic isoimide structures of 0 to 0.29 mmol/g, and an amine value of 0.0040 to 1.1100 mmol/g. The polyimide precursor of the present invention has the same meaning as the specific resin described above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
以下,例示本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物之製造方法的第1態樣及第2態樣進行說明,但是本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物之製造方法並不限定於此。 本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物之製造方法的第1態樣為製造本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物之方法,前述方法包括使二羧酸化合物與二胺化合物進行反應而獲得醯胺化合物之醯胺化步驟及使上述醯胺化合物與具有胺基之封端劑進行反應之封端步驟。 上述各步驟的詳細內容與作為上述特定樹脂之製造方法的第1態樣說明者相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 The following describes the first and second aspects of the method for producing a polyimide precursor of the present invention, but the method is not limited thereto. The first aspect of the method for producing a polyimide precursor of the present invention is a method for producing the polyimide precursor of the present invention, comprising an amidation step of reacting a dicarboxylic acid compound with a diamine compound to obtain an amide compound, and an end-capping step of reacting the amide compound with an amino group-containing end-capping agent. The details of each of these steps are the same as those described in the first aspect of the method for producing the specific resin, and the preferred aspects are also the same.
本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物之製造方法的第2態樣為製造本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物之方法,前述方法包括在鹼性觸媒的存在下使二羧酸化合物與二胺化合物進行反應而獲得醯胺化合物之醯胺化步驟及對上述醯胺化合物添加酸之酸性化合物添加步驟。 上述各步驟的詳細內容與作為上述特定樹脂之製造方法的第2態樣說明者相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 [實施例] A second aspect of the method for producing a polyimide precursor of the present invention is a method for producing the polyimide precursor of the present invention, comprising an amidation step of reacting a dicarboxylic acid compound with a diamine compound in the presence of an alkaline catalyst to obtain an amide compound, and an acidic compound addition step of adding an acid to the amide compound. The details of each of these steps are the same as those described in the second aspect of the method for producing the specific resin, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. [Examples]
以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行更具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當地進行變更。從而,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。除非另有說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The following examples provide a more detailed description of the present invention. The materials, amounts, ratios, processing details, and steps described in the following examples may be modified as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are by mass.
<樹脂之製造方法> 依據下述合成例1或合成例2中所記載之方法,合成了含有藉由下述式(A-1)~式(A-17)表示之重複單元之聚合物A-1~A-17。 又,依據下述合成例3~9中所記載之方法,合成了含有藉由下述式(A-1)表示之重複單元之聚合物A-18~A-24。 下述表的合成法的欄中記載為“1”之例中,使用了藉由與下述合成例1中所記載之方法相同的方法合成了聚合物A-1~A-17中的表中所記載之樹脂者。 下述表的合成法的欄中記載為“2”之例中,使用了藉由與下述合成例2中所記載之方法相同的方法合成了聚合物A-1~A-17中的表中所記載之樹脂者。 聚合物A-1~A-17為含有下述重複單元中的醯胺酸結構或醯胺酸酯結構中一部成為環狀醯亞胺結構或環狀異醯亞胺結構之重複單元中至少一者。 聚合物A-1~A-17中所包含之環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量(mmol/g)記載於表中的“特定結構含量(mmol/g)”一欄中。 又,聚合物A-1~A-17的胺值記載於表中的“胺值(mgKOH/g)”一欄種。 <Resin Production Method> Polymers A-1 to A-17 containing repeating units represented by the following formulas (A-1) to (A-17) were synthesized according to the methods described in Synthesis Examples 1 or 2 below. Polymers A-18 to A-24 containing repeating units represented by the following formula (A-1) were synthesized according to the methods described in Synthesis Examples 3 to 9 below. In the following table, where "1" is entered in the "Synthesis Method" column, the resins listed in the table for polymers A-1 to A-17 were synthesized using the same method as described in Synthesis Example 1. In the following table, where "2" is entered in the "Synthesis Method" column, the resins listed in the table for polymers A-1 to A-17 were synthesized using the same method as described in Synthesis Example 2. Polymers A-1 to A-17 contain at least one repeating unit in which a portion of the amidine structure or amidine ester structure in the following repeating units is a cyclic amidine structure or a cyclic isoimide structure. The total content (mmol/g) of the cyclic amidine structure and cyclic isoimide structure contained in polymers A-1 to A-17 is reported in the "Specific Structure Content (mmol/g)" column of the table. In addition, the amine values of polymers A-1 to A-17 are reported in the "Amine Value (mgKOH/g)" column of the table.
[化學式49] [化學式50] [化學式51] [Chemical formula 49] [Chemical formula 50] [Chemical formula 51]
〔合成例1:聚合物A-1的合成〕 將4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)23.5g及雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐(BPDA)22.3g加入可分離燒瓶中,加入甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(HEMA)39.7g及γ-丁內酯136.8g並且在室溫(25℃)下進行攪拌,一邊攪拌一邊加入吡啶24.7g獲得了反應混合物。基於反應之放熱結束之後,放冷至室溫,放置了16小時。 接著,在冰冷下一邊攪拌將二環己基碳二亞胺(DCC)62.5g溶解於γ-丁內酯61.6g之溶液一邊經40分鐘加入到反應混合物,接著一邊攪拌將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)27.4g懸浮於γ-丁內酯119.7g之者一邊經60分鐘加入之後,在室溫下攪拌了2小時。之後,添加對甲苯磺酸一水合物2.9g,進而在室溫下攪拌了1小時。向其反應液加入乙醇7.2g攪拌1小時,接著,加入了γ-丁內酯136.8g。藉由過濾去除反應混合物中所生成之沉澱物,從而獲得了反應液。 將所獲得之反應液加入到716.2g的乙醇產生由粗聚合物構成之沉澱物。過濾所產生之粗聚合物,溶解於四氫呋喃403.5g,從而獲得了粗聚合物溶液。向其添加水37.7g並攪拌了15分鐘之後添加110.0g的離子交換樹脂UP6040,攪拌了4小時。 之後,將過濾聚合物溶液之後所獲得之濾液滴加到8470.3g的水中並使聚合物沉澱,過濾所獲得之沉澱物之後進行真空乾燥,獲得了76.8g的粉末狀聚合物A-1。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測量聚合物A-1的分子量之結果,重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。 [Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Polymer A-1] 23.5 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) and 22.3 g of diphthalic dianhydride (BPDA) were placed in a separable flask. 39.7 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 136.8 g of γ-butyrolactone were added and stirred at room temperature (25°C). 24.7 g of pyridine was added while stirring to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exotherm due to the reaction subsided, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and allowed to stand for 16 hours. Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 62.5 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 61.6 g of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture over 40 minutes while stirring. Subsequently, a solution of 27.4 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) suspended in 119.7 g of γ-butyrolactone was added over 60 minutes while stirring. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Subsequently, 2.9 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate was added, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 7.2 g of ethanol was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 1 hour. Subsequently, 136.8 g of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration, resulting in a reaction solution. The resulting reaction solution was added to 716.2 g of ethanol to produce a precipitate consisting of a crude polymer. The resulting crude polymer was filtered and dissolved in 403.5 g of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. 37.7 g of water was added to the solution and stirred for 15 minutes. Afterwards, 110.0 g of ion exchange resin UP6040 was added and stirred for 4 hours. The filtrate obtained after filtering the polymer solution was then added dropwise to 8470.3 g of water to precipitate the polymer. The resulting precipitate was filtered and vacuum dried to obtain 76.8 g of powdered polymer A-1. The molecular weight of polymer A-1 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion) and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000.
〔合成例2:聚合物A-2的合成〕 混合21.2g的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、18.0g的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、23.9g的吡啶及250mL的二乙二醇二甲醚(diglyme、二甘醇二甲醚),在60℃的溫度下攪拌4小時,合成了4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,一邊將溫度保持在-10±5℃一邊經60分鐘加入了17.0g的亞硫醯氯。用50mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮稀釋之後,將在100mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮中溶解12.6g的4,4’-二胺基二苯醚而得到之溶液在-10±5℃下經60分鐘滴加到反應混合物中,將混合物攪拌了2小時。之後,經60分鐘向反應液滴加乙醇胺鹽酸鹽159.6g與N-甲基吡咯啶酮200mL的混合溶液,將混合物攪拌了2小時。 接著,加入到6000g的水中使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱,將沉澱物(水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物)攪拌了15分鐘。濾取攪拌後的沉澱物(聚醯亞胺前驅物的固體),使其溶解於四氫呋喃500g中。向所獲得之溶液加入6000g的水(不良溶劑)使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱,將沉澱物(水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物)攪拌了15分鐘。再次過濾攪拌後的沉澱物(聚醯亞胺前驅物的固體)在減壓下在45℃下乾燥了3天。 將乾燥後的粉體50.3g溶解於四氫呋喃304.3g中。向其添加水18.5g及離子交換樹脂UP6040(AmberTec公司製造) 50.3g,攪拌了4小時。之後,藉由過濾去除離子交換樹脂,向所獲得之聚合物溶液加入6000g的水,獲得了沉澱物。濾取沉澱物,在減壓下在45℃下乾燥24小時,藉此獲得了49.6g的聚合物A-2。 藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測量聚合物A-2的分子量之結果,重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。 [Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Polymer A-2] 21.2 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine, and 250 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme) were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 4 hours to synthesize the diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -10°C, and 17.0 g of sulfinyl chloride was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at -10 ± 5°C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 60 minutes at -10±5°C, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Subsequently, a mixed solution of 159.6 g of ethanolamine hydrochloride and 200 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 60 minutes, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor was precipitated by adding 6000 g of water, and the precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate (solid polyimide precursor) was filtered and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran. 6000 g of water (a poor solvent) was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor. The precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate (solid polyimide precursor) was filtered again and dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 3 days. 50.3 g of the dried powder was dissolved in 304.3 g of tetrahydrofuran. To this mixture, 18.5 g of water and 50.3 g of ion-exchange resin UP6040 (manufactured by AmberTec) were added and stirred for 4 hours. The ion-exchange resin was then removed by filtration, and 6,000 g of water was added to the resulting polymer solution to obtain a precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 24 hours to yield 49.6 g of polymer A-2. The molecular weight of polymer A-2 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (based on standard polystyrene) and the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000.
〔合成例3~9:聚合物A-18~A-24的合成〕 A-18~A-19:合成例1中,將對甲苯磺酸一水合物的添加量(2.9g),在A-18中變更為4.4g,在A-19中變更為5.8,除此以外,使用合成例1中所記載之原料並且進行與合成例1相同的操作,合成了各個樹脂。 A-20~A-24:合成例1中,將DCC的添加量(62.5g),在A-20中變更為62.8g,在A-21中變更為64.1g,在A-22中變更為67.2g,在A-23中變更為89.1g,在A-24中變更為96.9g,除此以外,使用合成例1中所記載之原料並且進行與合成例1相同的操作,合成了各個樹脂。 [Synthesis Examples 3-9: Synthesis of Polymers A-18-A-24] A-18-A-19: In Synthesis Example 1, the same procedures as in Synthesis Example 1 were followed, using the same raw materials as in Synthesis Example 1, except that the amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate added (2.9 g) was changed to 4.4 g in A-18 and 5.8 g in A-19. A-20 to A-24: In Synthesis Example 1, the resins were synthesized using the same raw materials and procedures as in Synthesis Example 1, except that the amount of DCC added (62.5 g) was changed to 62.8 g in A-20, 64.1 g in A-21, 67.2 g in A-22, 89.1 g in A-23, and 96.9 g in A-24.
〔比較例用聚合物CA-1的合成〕 將4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)23.5g及雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐(BPDA)22.3g加入可分離燒瓶中,加入甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(HEMA)39.7g及γ-丁內酯136.8g並且在室溫25℃下進行攪拌,一邊攪拌一邊加入吡啶24.7g獲得了反應混合物。基於反應之放熱結束之後,放冷至室溫,放置了16小時。 接著,在冰冷下一邊攪拌將二環己基碳二亞胺(DCC)62.5g溶解於γ-丁內酯61.6g之溶液一邊經40分鐘加入到反應混合物,接著一邊攪拌將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)27.4g懸浮於γ-丁內酯119.7g之者一邊經60分鐘加入之後,在室溫下攪拌了2小時。向其反應液加入乙醇7.2g攪拌1小時,接著,加入了γ-丁內酯136.8g。藉由過濾去除反應混合物中所生成之沉澱物,從而獲得了反應液。 將所獲得之反應液加入到716.2g的乙醇產生由粗聚合物構成之沉澱物。過濾所產生之粗聚合物,溶解於四氫呋喃403.5g,從而獲得了粗聚合物溶液。向其添加水37.7g並攪拌了15分鐘之後添加110.0g的離子交換樹脂UP6040(AmberTec公司製造),攪拌了4小時。 之後,將過濾聚合物溶液之後所獲得之濾液滴加到8470.3g的水中並使聚合物沉澱,過濾所獲得之沉澱物之後進行真空乾燥,獲得了77.8g的粉末狀聚合物CA-1。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測量聚合物的分子量之結果,重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。 [Synthesis of Comparative Example Polymer CA-1] 23.5 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) and 22.3 g of diphthalic dianhydride (BPDA) were placed in a separable flask. 39.7 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 136.8 g of γ-butyrolactone were added and stirred at room temperature (25°C). 24.7 g of pyridine was added while stirring to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exotherm due to the reaction subsided, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and allowed to stand for 16 hours. Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 62.5 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 61.6 g of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture over 40 minutes while stirring. Subsequently, a solution of 27.4 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) suspended in 119.7 g of γ-butyrolactone was added over 60 minutes while stirring. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. 7.2 g of ethanol was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 1 hour. Subsequently, 136.8 g of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration, resulting in a reaction solution. The resulting reaction solution was added to 716.2 g of ethanol to produce a precipitate consisting of a crude polymer. The crude polymer obtained by filtration was dissolved in 403.5 g of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. 37.7 g of water was added to the solution and stirred for 15 minutes. Then, 110.0 g of ion exchange resin UP6040 (AmberTec) was added and stirred for 4 hours. The filtrate obtained after filtering the polymer solution was added dropwise to 8470.3 g of water to precipitate the polymer. The precipitate was filtered and vacuum dried to obtain 77.8 g of powdered polymer CA-1. The molecular weight of the polymer was measured by gel permeation chromatography (based on standard polystyrene) and the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000.
〔比較例用聚合物CA-2的合成〕 將4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)23.5g及雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐(BPDA)22.3g加入可分離燒瓶中,加入甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(HEMA)39.7g及γ-丁內酯136.8g並且在室溫25℃下進行攪拌,一邊攪拌一邊加入吡啶24.7g獲得了反應混合物。基於反應之放熱結束之後,放冷至室溫,放置了16小時。 接著,在冰冷下一邊攪拌將二環己基碳二亞胺(DCC)59.4g溶解於γ-丁內酯61.6g之溶液一邊經40分鐘加入到反應混合物,接著一邊攪拌將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)27.4g懸浮於γ-丁內酯119.7g之者一邊經60分鐘加入之後,在室溫下攪拌了2小時。向其反應液加入乙醇7.2g攪拌1小時,接著,加入了γ-丁內酯136.8g。藉由過濾去除反應混合物中所生成之沉澱物,從而獲得了反應液。 將所獲得之反應液加入到716.2g的乙醇產生由粗聚合物構成之沉澱物。過濾所產生之粗聚合物,溶解於四氫呋喃403.5g,從而獲得了粗聚合物溶液。向其添加水37.7g並攪拌了15分鐘之後添加110.0g的離子交換樹脂UP6040(AmberTec公司製造),攪拌了4小時。 之後,將過濾聚合物溶液之後所獲得之濾液滴加到8470.3g的水中並使聚合物沉澱,過濾所獲得之沉澱物之後進行真空乾燥,獲得了75.1g的粉末狀聚合物CA-2。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測量聚合物的分子量之結果,重量平均分子量(Mw)為19,500。 [Synthesis of Comparative Example Polymer CA-2] 23.5 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) and 22.3 g of diphthalic dianhydride (BPDA) were placed in a separable flask. 39.7 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 136.8 g of γ-butyrolactone were added and stirred at room temperature (25°C). 24.7 g of pyridine was added while stirring to obtain a reaction mixture. After the exotherm subsided, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and allowed to stand for 16 hours. Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 59.4 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 61.6 g of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction mixture over 40 minutes while stirring. Subsequently, a solution of 27.4 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) suspended in 119.7 g of γ-butyrolactone was added over 60 minutes while stirring. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. 7.2 g of ethanol was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 1 hour. Subsequently, 136.8 g of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration, resulting in a reaction solution. The resulting reaction solution was added to 716.2 g of ethanol to produce a precipitate consisting of a crude polymer. The crude polymer obtained by filtration was dissolved in 403.5 g of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. 37.7 g of water was added to the solution and stirred for 15 minutes. Then, 110.0 g of ion exchange resin UP6040 (AmberTec) was added and stirred for 4 hours. The filtrate obtained after filtering the polymer solution was added dropwise to 8470.3 g of water to precipitate the polymer. The precipitate was filtered and vacuum dried to obtain 75.1 g of powdered polymer CA-2. The molecular weight of the polymer was measured by gel permeation chromatography (based on standard polystyrene) and the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) was 19,500.
<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表中所記載之成分,從而獲得了各硬化性樹脂組成物。又,在各比較例中,分別混合下述表中所記載之成分,從而獲得了各比較用組成物。 具體而言,表中所記載之各成分的含量設為表的各欄的括弧內所記載之量(質量份)。 將所得到之硬化性樹脂組成物及比較用組成物使用細孔的寬度為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有對應之成分。 <Examples and Comparative Examples> In each Example, the components listed in the following table were mixed to obtain a respective curable resin composition. Furthermore, in each Comparative Example, the components listed in the following table were mixed to obtain a respective comparative composition. Specifically, the content of each component listed in the table is the amount (parts by mass) listed in parentheses within each column. The resulting curable resin composition and comparative composition were pressure-filtered using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore width of 0.8 μm. In the table, a "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
[表1]
[表2]
[表3]
[表4]
[表5]
表1~表5中所記載之各成分的詳細內容如下。The details of each ingredient listed in Tables 1 to 5 are as follows.
〔樹脂〕 ・A-1~A-24、CA-1~CA-2:藉由上述合成例獲得之聚合物A-1~A-24、CA-1~CA-2 [Resin] ・A-1 to A-24, CA-1 to CA-2: Polymers A-1 to A-24, CA-1 to CA-2 obtained in the above synthesis examples
〔光敏劑(光自由基聚合起始劑)〕 ・B-1~B-3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式52] [Photosensitizer (photoradical polymerization initiator)] ・B-1 to B-3: Compounds with the following structure [Chemical Formula 52]
〔有機金屬錯合物〕 ・X-1:雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦 ・X-2:五甲基環戊二烯三甲氧鈦 ・X-3:雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦 ・X-4:四異丙氧基鈦(Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.製造) ・X-5:二異丙氧基雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦(Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.製造) ・X-6~X-8:下述結構的化合物。 [化學式53] 上述X-1及X-3為具有光自由基聚合引發能力之化合物。 [Organometallic Complexes] ・X-1: Bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium ・X-2: Pentamethylcyclopentadienyltrimethoxytitanium ・X-3: Bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium ・X-4: Tetraisopropoxytitanium (Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.) ・X-5: Diisopropoxybis(acetylacetonato)titanium (Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.) ・X-6 to X-8: Compounds with the following structures. [Chemical Formula 53] The above X-1 and X-3 are compounds having the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization.
〔交聯劑(聚合性化合物)〕 ・C-1~C-2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式54] [Crosslinking agent (polymerizable compound)] ・C-1 to C-2: Compounds with the following structure [Chemical Formula 54]
〔聚合抑制劑、遷移抑制劑〕 ・D-1~D-7:下述結構的化合物 [化學式55] [Polymerization inhibitors, migration inhibitors] ・D-1 to D-7: Compounds with the following structure [Chemical Formula 55]
〔添加劑〕 ・E-1~E-6:下述結構的化合物 [化學式56] [Additives] ・E-1 to E-6: Compounds with the following structure [Chemical Formula 56]
〔金屬接著性改良劑〕 ・F-1~F-6:下述結構的化合物 [化學式57] 上述結構式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。 [Metal Adhesion Improver] ・F-1 to F-6: Compounds with the following structure [Chemical Formula 57] In the above structural formula, Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.
〔溶劑(solvent)〕 ・NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 ・EL:乳酸乙酯 ・DMSO:二甲基亞碸 ・γBL:γ-丁內酯 [Solvent] ・NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ・EL: Ethyl lactate ・DMSO: Dimethyl sulfoxide ・γBL: γ-butyrolactone
<評價> 〔環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量的測量〕 關於各實施例或比較例中所使用之樹脂,藉由下式方法測量了1g的樹脂(聚醯亞胺前驅物)中所包含之環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的合計莫耳含量。 將0.10g的樹脂溶解於重DMSO(二甲基亞碸-d6)0.90g,使用 1H NMR測量了聚合物粉體的上述合計莫耳含量。 具體而言,從環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的質子峰與總芳香環的質子峰之比,計算了環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的比率。 各樹脂的測量結果記載於表中的“特定結構含量(mmol/g)”一欄中。 <Evaluation> [Measurement of the Total Content of Cyclic Imine and Cyclic Isoimide Structures] For the resins used in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, the total molar content of cyclic imide and cyclic isoimide structures contained in 1 g of the resin (polyimide precursor) was measured using the following method. 0.10 g of the resin was dissolved in 0.90 g of deuterated DMSO (dimethylsulfoxide-d6), and the total molar content of the polymer powder was measured using 1 H NMR. Specifically, the ratio of cyclic imide and cyclic isoimide structures was calculated from the ratio of the proton peaks of the cyclic imide and cyclic isoimide structures to the proton peaks of the total aromatic rings. The measurement results for each resin are reported in the "Specific Structure Content (mmol/g)" column in the table.
〔胺值的測量〕 針對各實施例或比較例中所使用之樹脂,藉由下述方法測量了胺值。 將0.60g的樹脂完全溶解於二乙二醇二甲醚50mL之後,添加乙酸10mL,製作了測量溶液。將其溶液滴加到0.01N(0.01mol/L)過氯酸的乙酸溶液來檢測中和點,藉此測量了樹脂的胺值。 各樹脂的測量結果記載於表中的“胺值(mmol/g)”一欄中。 [Amine Value Measurement] The amine value of each resin used in each Example or Comparative Example was measured using the following method. After completely dissolving 0.60 g of the resin in 50 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, 10 mL of acetic acid was added to prepare a measurement solution. This solution was then added dropwise to a 0.01 N (0.01 mol/L) perchloric acid solution in acetic acid to detect the neutralization point and measure the amine value of the resin. The measurement results for each resin are reported in the "Amine Value (mmol/g)" column in the table.
〔曝光寬容度的評價〕 各實施例或比較例中,藉由旋塗法將所製備之硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物塗佈於矽晶圓上。將上述矽晶圓在加熱板上在100℃下乾燥5分鐘,在矽晶圓上形成有20μm的均勻的厚度的硬化性樹脂組成物層。 曝光條件中記載為“M”之例中,使用步進機曝光了矽晶圓上的硬化性樹脂組成物層。曝光使用表中的記載為“曝光波長 nm”之波長的光,並且使用5μm~25μm為止以1μm刻度的保險絲盒的光罩,進行了曝光。 曝光條件中記載為“D”之例中,使用直接曝光裝置(ADTEC DE-6UH III)進行了曝光。在波長405nm下,曝光進行了曝光部成為從5μm至25μm為止1μm刻度的線與空間圖案中的線部之雷射直接顯像曝光。 “顯影條件”一欄中記載為“正”之例中,使用2.5質量%氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液顯影所曝光之硬化性樹脂組成物層60秒鐘,用純水進行了沖洗。 “顯影條件”一欄中記載為“負”之例中,用環戊酮顯影所曝光之硬化性樹脂組成物層60秒鐘之後,用PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)進行了沖洗。 本評價中,分別以100、200、300、400、500、600、700、800、900mJ/cm 2這9種曝光量搖晃了曝光量。又,顯影後所獲得之圖案中,將在線圖案之間露出矽晶圓之線圖案中的線寬最小者的線寬設為“最小線寬”。基於能夠分辨之最小線寬成為6~8μm之曝光量範圍按照下述評價標準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表中的“曝光寬容度”一欄中。 -評價標準- A:在8種以上的曝光量範圍內能夠分辨最小線寬6~8μm。 B:在5~7種的曝光量範圍內能夠分辨最小線寬6~8μm。 C:僅在1種以上且4種以下的曝光量範圍內能夠分辨最小線寬6~8μm。 D:在任何曝光量範圍內亦無法分辨最小孔徑6~8μm。 [Evaluation of Exposure Latitude] In each Example or Comparative Example, the prepared curable resin composition or comparative composition was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating. The silicon wafer was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes, forming a uniform 20μm thick layer of the curable resin composition on the silicon wafer. In the example where the exposure condition was "M," the curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed using a stepper. Exposure was performed using light of the wavelength indicated as "Exposure wavelength nm" in the table, using a fuse box mask with a scale of 1μm from 5μm to 25μm. In the case where "D" is entered under the exposure conditions, exposure was performed using a direct exposure device (ADTEC DE-6UH III). Laser direct development exposure was performed at a wavelength of 405 nm, with the exposed area forming a line portion of a line-and-space pattern with 1 μm scale ranging from 5 μm to 25 μm. In the case where "Positive" is entered under the "Development Conditions" column, the exposed curable resin composition layer was developed for 60 seconds using a 2.5% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide and then rinsed with pure water. In the case where "Negative" is entered under the "Development Conditions" column, the exposed curable resin composition layer was developed for 60 seconds using cyclopentanone and then rinsed with PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate). In this evaluation, the exposure dose was varied at nine different exposure doses: 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, and 900 mJ/ cm² . Furthermore, among the patterns obtained after development, the line width of the line pattern with the smallest line width exposed between the line patterns was set as the "minimum line width." Evaluation was conducted based on the following evaluation criteria, based on an exposure dose range where the minimum resolvable line width was 6 to 8 μm. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Exposure Width Tolerance" column in the table. -Evaluation Criteria- A: A minimum line width of 6 to 8 μm can be resolved within a range of more than 8 exposure doses. B: A minimum line width of 6 to 8 μm can be resolved within a range of 5 to 7 exposure doses. C: The minimum line width of 6-8μm can be resolved only within the exposure range of at least one and no more than four. D: The minimum aperture of 6-8μm cannot be resolved within any exposure range.
〔耐藥品性的評價〕 -溶解速度的計算- 各實施例或比較例中,藉由與上述曝光寬容度的評價中的感光膜的形成相同的方法,在矽晶圓上形成有感光膜。 之後,在各實施例或比較例中,關於“曝光條件”一欄中記載為“M”之例,未使用光罩,對感光膜的整個表面進行曝光,關於“曝光條件”一欄中記載為“D”之例,對感光膜的整個表面進行雷射曝光,除此以外,藉由與上述曝光寬容度的評價中的曝光方法相同的方法進行曝光,獲得了樹脂膜。 但是,“顯影條件”一欄中記載為“正”之例中未進行曝光。 “硫化方法”一欄中記載為“1”之例中,使用加熱板在氮氣環境下以10℃/分的升溫速度升溫上述樹脂膜,到達“硫化溫度(℃)”中所記載之溫度之後,將其溫度維持3小時,形成了硬化物(硬化膜)。 “硫化方法”一欄中記載為“2”之例中,使用紅外線燈加熱裝置(ADVANCE RIKO,Inc.製造、RTP-6),在氮氣環境下以10℃/分的升溫速度升溫各實施例中所獲得之樹脂膜,到達“硫化溫度(℃)”中所記載之溫度之後,將上述溫度維持3小時,獲得了硬化物(硬化膜)。 在下述條件下將所獲得之硬化物浸漬於下述藥品中,計算溶解速度。 藥品:二甲基亞碸(DMSO)與25質量%的氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)水溶液的90:10(質量比)的混合物 評價條件:在75℃下將上述硬化物浸漬於上述藥品中15分鐘,對浸漬前後的硬化物的膜厚進行比較,計算了溶解速度(nm/分)。 關於所獲得之溶解速度的值,按照下述評價標準進行評價,記載於“耐藥品性”一欄中。溶解速度愈小,耐藥品性愈優異。 -評價標準- A:溶解速度小於250nm/分鐘。 B:溶解速度為250nm/分鐘以上且小於500nm/分鐘。 C:溶解速度為500nm/分鐘以上且小於750nm/分鐘。 D:溶解速度為750nm/分鐘以上。 [Evaluation of Chemical Resistance] -Calculation of Dissolution Rate- In each Example or Comparative Example, a photosensitive film was formed on a silicon wafer using the same method as used for forming the photosensitive film in the exposure latitude evaluation described above. Thereafter, in each Example or Comparative Example, exposure was performed using the same method as used in the exposure latitude evaluation, except that, for the examples where "M" was entered in the "Exposure Conditions" column, the entire surface of the photosensitive film was exposed without using a photomask, and for the examples where "D" was entered in the "Exposure Conditions" column, the entire surface of the photosensitive film was exposed with a laser. Resin films were obtained by exposure using the same method as used in the exposure latitude evaluation described above. However, no exposure was performed in the examples where "Positive" was entered in the "Development Conditions" column. In the example listed as "1" in the "Vulcanization Method" column, the resin film was heated at a rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere using a hot plate. After reaching the temperature listed in the "Vulcanization Temperature (°C)", the temperature was maintained for 3 hours to form a cured product (cured film). In the example listed as "2" in the "Vulcanization Method" column, the resin films obtained in each example were heated at a rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere using an infrared lamp heater (RTP-6, manufactured by ADVANCE RIKO, Inc.). After reaching the temperature listed in the "Vulcanization Temperature (°C)", the temperature was maintained for 3 hours to form a cured product (cured film). The resulting cured product was immersed in the following chemical under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated. Chemical: A 90:10 (mass ratio) mixture of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and a 25% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Evaluation Conditions: The cured product was immersed in the chemical at 75°C for 15 minutes. The film thickness before and after immersion was compared, and the dissolution rate (nm/min) was calculated. The obtained dissolution rate values were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria and recorded in the "Chemical Resistance" column. The lower the dissolution rate, the better the chemical resistance. -Evaluation Criteria- A: Dissolution rate less than 250 nm/min. B: Dissolution rate of 250 nm/min or greater and less than 500 nm/min. C: Dissolution rate is 500 nm/min or greater and less than 750 nm/min. D: Dissolution rate is 750 nm/min or greater.
〔斷裂伸長率的評價〕 藉由旋塗法分別將各實施例及各比較例中所製備之硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物適用於矽晶圓上來形成了樹脂層。 將形成有所獲得之樹脂層之矽晶圓在加熱板上在100℃下乾燥5分鐘,在矽晶圓上獲得了約15μm的均勻的厚度的硬化性樹脂組成物層。 表中的顯影條件的欄中記載為“負”之例中,亦500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量曝光了矽晶圓上的硬化性樹脂組成物層的整個表面。曝光方法設為與上述的耐藥品性的評價中的方法相同的方法,曝光波長記載於表中的“曝光波長(nm)”。表中的顯影條件的欄中記載為“正”之例中,未進行曝光。 “硫化方法”一欄中記載為“1”之例中,使用加熱板在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫上述曝光後的硬化性樹脂組成物層,到達“硫化溫度(℃)”中所記載之溫度之後,將上述溫度維持了3小時。 “硫化方法”一欄中記載為“2”之例中,使用紅外線燈加熱裝置(ADVANCE RIKO,Inc.製造、RTP-6),在氮氣環境下以10℃/分的升溫速度升溫各實施例中所獲得之樹脂膜,到達“硫化溫度(℃)”中所記載之溫度之後,維持了上述溫度3小時。 將硬化後的硬化性樹脂組成物層(硬化物)浸漬於4.9質量%氫氟酸水溶液中,從矽晶圓剝離了硬化物。使用沖孔機對剝離之硬化物進行沖孔,製作了試樣寬度3mm、試樣長度30mm的試驗片。使用拉伸試驗機(TENSILON),在十字頭速度300mm/分鐘、25℃、65%RH(相對濕度)的環境下依據JIS-K6251測量了所獲得之試驗片的長邊方向的伸長率。測量各實施5次,將5次的測量中的試驗片所斷裂時的伸長率(斷裂伸長率)的算術平均值用作指標值。 按照下述評價標準進行評價,評價結果記載於表的“斷裂伸長率”一欄中。指標值愈大,硬化物的膜強度愈優異。 -評價標準- A:上述指標值為60%以上。 B:上述指標值為55%以上且小於60%。 C:上述指標值小於55%。 [Evaluation of Elongation at Break] The curable resin compositions or comparative compositions prepared in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples were applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating to form a resin layer. The resulting resin layer was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes, resulting in a uniform curable resin layer of approximately 15 μm in thickness. In the examples listed as "negative" in the Development Conditions column in the table, the entire surface of the curable resin layer on the silicon wafer was exposed with an exposure energy of 500 mJ/ cm² . The exposure method was the same as that used in the chemical resistance evaluation described above, with the exposure wavelength indicated in the "Exposure Wavelength (nm)" column of the table. In the case where "Positive" is indicated in the "Development Conditions" column of the table, no exposure was performed. In the case where "1" is indicated in the "Vulcanization Method" column, the exposed curable resin composition layer was heated at a rate of 10°C/min using a hot plate in a nitrogen atmosphere. After reaching the temperature indicated in the "Vulcanization Temperature (°C)" column, the temperature was maintained for 3 hours. In the example listed as "2" in the "Vulcanization Method" column, the resin films obtained in each example were heated at a rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere using an infrared lamp heater (RTP-6, manufactured by ADVANCE RIKO, Inc.) to the temperature indicated in the "Vulcanization Temperature (°C)" and then maintained at that temperature for 3 hours. The cured curable resin composition layer (cured product) was immersed in a 4.9% by mass hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution and peeled from the silicon wafer. The peeled cured product was punched using a punch to produce test specimens with a width of 3 mm and a length of 30 mm. The elongation in the longitudinal direction of the obtained test specimens was measured using a TENSILON tensile tester at a crosshead speed of 300 mm/min, 25°C, and 65% relative humidity (RH) in accordance with JIS-K6251. Each measurement was performed five times, and the arithmetic mean of the elongation at break (elongation at break) of the test specimens from these five measurements was used as the index value. Evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the results are reported in the "Elongation at Break" column of the table. The higher the index value, the better the film strength of the cured product. -Evaluation Criteria- A: The index value is 60% or higher. B: The index value is 55% or higher and less than 60%. C: The index value is less than 55%.
從以上的結果可知,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的曝光寬容度優異並且所獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性優異。 比較例1中所使用之樹脂的環狀醯亞胺結構及環狀異醯亞胺結構的總含量超過0.29mmol/g。可知當使用該等樹脂之情況下,曝光寬容度較差。 又,比較例2中所使用之樹脂的胺值小於0.0040mmol/g。可知當使用該等樹脂之情況下,耐藥品性較差。 The above results demonstrate that the curable resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent exposure latitude and the resulting cured product exhibits excellent chemical resistance. The resin used in Comparative Example 1 has a combined content of cyclic imide and cyclic isoimide structures exceeding 0.29 mmol/g. This indicates that the use of this resin results in poor exposure latitude. Furthermore, the resin used in Comparative Example 2 has an amine value of less than 0.0040 mmol/g. This indicates that the use of this resin results in poor chemical resistance.
<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法將在實施例1中所使用之硬化性樹脂組成物以層狀適用於表面上形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層的表面上,並在100℃下乾燥4分鐘而形成膜厚20μm的感光膜之後,使用步進機(Nikon Co.,Ltd.製造,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。關於曝光,經由遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間、線寬為10μm的二元遮罩)在波長365nm下進行。曝光後,在100℃下加熱了4分鐘。上述加熱後,用環己酮顯影2分鐘,並用PGMEA沖洗30秒鐘,從而獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣環境下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行升溫,在達到230℃之後,在230℃下維持120分鐘,從而形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造出半導體器件,其結果,確認到正常動作。 <Example 101> The curable resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in layers to the surface of a copper thin layer formed on a resin substrate with a copper thin layer formed on the surface by spin coating. The film was dried at 100°C for 4 minutes to form a 20μm-thick photosensitive film. The film was then exposed using a stepper (Nikon Co., Ltd., NSR1505 i6). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365nm through a mask (a binary mask with a 1:1 line and space pattern and a line width of 10μm). After exposure, the film was heated at 100°C for 4 minutes. Following heating, the film was developed with cyclohexanone for 2 minutes and rinsed with PGMEA for 30 seconds to obtain a layer pattern. Next, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/minute in a nitrogen atmosphere until it reached 230°C. It was then maintained at 230°C for 120 minutes, forming a redistribution layer interlayer insulating film. This redistribution layer interlayer insulating film exhibited excellent insulating properties. Semiconductor devices were fabricated using this redistribution layer interlayer insulating film, and normal operation was confirmed.
無。without.
Claims (20)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020-141768 | 2020-08-25 | ||
| JP2020141768 | 2020-08-25 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202219119A TW202219119A (en) | 2022-05-16 |
| TWI890841B true TWI890841B (en) | 2025-07-21 |
Family
ID=80355214
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW110131009A TWI890841B (en) | 2020-08-25 | 2021-08-23 | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the same |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP7481462B2 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI890841B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2022044999A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN116789965A (en) * | 2022-03-18 | 2023-09-22 | 常州力得尔电子新材料有限公司 | Polyimide precursor, photoresist composition and application thereof |
| JPWO2024111131A1 (en) * | 2022-11-25 | 2024-05-30 | ||
| JP2025016184A (en) * | 2023-07-21 | 2025-01-31 | キヤノン株式会社 | Curable composition, film formation method and manufacturing method of article |
| TW202540211A (en) * | 2024-02-22 | 2025-10-16 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, semiconductor element, and method for producing polyamide |
| WO2025205567A1 (en) * | 2024-03-27 | 2025-10-02 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, semiconductor device production method, and semiconductor device |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201831995A (en) * | 2016-08-01 | 2018-09-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device |
| TW201840645A (en) * | 2017-02-20 | 2018-11-16 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
Family Cites Families (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH0625413A (en) * | 1992-07-07 | 1994-02-01 | Denki Kagaku Kogyo Kk | Thermoplastic copolymer resin, its production, and resin solution composition |
| JP3460212B2 (en) * | 1994-08-12 | 2003-10-27 | Jsr株式会社 | Radiation-sensitive resin composition |
| JPH10330479A (en) * | 1997-05-27 | 1998-12-15 | Hitachi Chem Co Ltd | Hydrophilic polyamidic acid resin and its production |
| JP2002296767A (en) * | 2001-03-29 | 2002-10-09 | Toray Ind Inc | Photosensitive polyimide precursor composition |
| JP5571990B2 (en) * | 2009-06-04 | 2014-08-13 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured relief pattern forming / manufacturing method, and semiconductor device |
| TWI851752B (en) * | 2019-07-01 | 2024-08-11 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
| TW202116876A (en) * | 2019-09-05 | 2021-05-01 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin |
| JP7412530B2 (en) * | 2020-02-28 | 2024-01-12 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
| TWI869552B (en) * | 2020-02-28 | 2025-01-11 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
-
2021
- 2021-08-20 JP JP2022544543A patent/JP7481462B2/en active Active
- 2021-08-20 WO PCT/JP2021/030588 patent/WO2022044999A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2021-08-23 TW TW110131009A patent/TWI890841B/en active
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201831995A (en) * | 2016-08-01 | 2018-09-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device |
| TW201840645A (en) * | 2017-02-20 | 2018-11-16 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW202219119A (en) | 2022-05-16 |
| WO2022044999A1 (en) | 2022-03-03 |
| JP7481462B2 (en) | 2024-05-10 |
| JPWO2022044999A1 (en) | 2022-03-03 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI894339B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI890841B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the same | |
| TWI878598B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the same | |
| TWI841777B (en) | Method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing electronic component | |
| TWI888627B (en) | Method for producing hardened product, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor element | |
| TWI890907B (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI890798B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI898039B (en) | Method for producing a cured product, method for producing a laminate, and method for producing a semiconductor device | |
| JP7799007B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing the cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| KR102827423B1 (en) | Method for producing a cured product, method for producing a laminate, and method for producing a semiconductor device | |
| TW202219092A (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, and method for producing cured product, semiconductor element, and photobase generator | |
| TWI882163B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI893199B (en) | Composite pattern manufacturing method, resin composition, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method | |
| TWI875941B (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element | |
| WO2022059622A1 (en) | Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI894341B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202222911A (en) | Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202219118A (en) | Method for producing polyimide precursor and method for producing curable resin composition | |
| TWI893143B (en) | Method for producing cured product, resin composition, developer, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor device | |
| TWI902904B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI912365B (en) | Resin compositions, cured materials, laminates, manufacturing methods of cured materials, and semiconductor devices | |
| TWI912484B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI904246B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI904243B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TW202219117A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, manufacturing method of cured product, and semiconductor device |